]> Dogcows Code - chaz/tar/blob - doc/tar.texi
Update copyright years.
[chaz/tar] / doc / tar.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename tar.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @smallbook
11 @c %**end of header
12
13 @c Maintenance notes:
14 @c 1. Pay attention to @FIXME{}s and @UNREVISED{}s
15 @c 2. Before creating final variant:
16 @c 2.1. Run 'make check-options' to make sure all options are properly
17 @c documented;
18 @c 2.2. Run 'make master-menu' (see comment before the master menu).
19
20 @include rendition.texi
21 @include value.texi
22
23 @defcodeindex op
24 @defcodeindex kw
25
26 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
27 @syncodeindex fn cp
28 @syncodeindex ky cp
29 @syncodeindex pg cp
30 @syncodeindex vr cp
31 @syncodeindex kw cp
32
33 @copying
34
35 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
36 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
37 from archives.
38
39 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994--1997, 1999--2001, 2003--2013 Free
40 Software Foundation, Inc.
41
42 @quotation
43 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
44 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
45 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
46 Invariant Sections being ``GNU General Public License'', with the
47 Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual'', and with the Back-Cover Texts
48 as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
49 entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
50
51 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to
52 copy and modify this GNU manual.''
53 @end quotation
54 @end copying
55
56 @dircategory Archiving
57 @direntry
58 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
59 @end direntry
60
61 @dircategory Individual utilities
62 @direntry
63 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}.
64 @end direntry
65
66 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
67
68 @titlepage
69 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
70 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
71 @author John Gilmore, Jay Fenlason et al.
72
73 @page
74 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
75 @insertcopying
76 @end titlepage
77
78 @ifnottex
79 @node Top
80 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
81
82 @insertcopying
83
84 @cindex file archival
85 @cindex archiving files
86
87 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
88 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
89 @end ifnottex
90
91 @c The master menu goes here.
92 @c
93 @c NOTE: To update it from within Emacs, make sure mastermenu.el is
94 @c loaded and run texinfo-master-menu.
95 @c To update it from the command line, run
96 @c
97 @c make master-menu
98
99 @menu
100 * Introduction::
101 * Tutorial::
102 * tar invocation::
103 * operations::
104 * Backups::
105 * Choosing::
106 * Date input formats::
107 * Formats::
108 * Media::
109 * Reliability and security::
110
111 Appendices
112
113 * Changes::
114 * Configuring Help Summary::
115 * Fixing Snapshot Files::
116 * Tar Internals::
117 * Genfile::
118 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
119 * GNU Free Documentation License::
120 * Index of Command Line Options::
121 * Index::
122
123 @detailmenu
124 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
125
126 Introduction
127
128 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
129 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
130 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
131 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
132 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
133 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
134
135 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
136
137 * assumptions::
138 * stylistic conventions::
139 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
140 * frequent operations::
141 * Two Frequent Options::
142 * create:: How to Create Archives
143 * list:: How to List Archives
144 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
145 * going further::
146
147 Two Frequently Used Options
148
149 * file tutorial::
150 * verbose tutorial::
151 * help tutorial::
152
153 How to Create Archives
154
155 * prepare for examples::
156 * Creating the archive::
157 * create verbose::
158 * short create::
159 * create dir::
160
161 How to List Archives
162
163 * list dir::
164
165 How to Extract Members from an Archive
166
167 * extracting archives::
168 * extracting files::
169 * extract dir::
170 * extracting untrusted archives::
171 * failing commands::
172
173 Invoking @GNUTAR{}
174
175 * Synopsis::
176 * using tar options::
177 * Styles::
178 * All Options::
179 * help::
180 * defaults::
181 * verbose::
182 * checkpoints::
183 * warnings::
184 * interactive::
185
186 The Three Option Styles
187
188 * Long Options:: Long Option Style
189 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
190 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
191 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
192
193 All @command{tar} Options
194
195 * Operation Summary::
196 * Option Summary::
197 * Short Option Summary::
198
199 @GNUTAR{} Operations
200
201 * Basic tar::
202 * Advanced tar::
203 * create options::
204 * extract options::
205 * backup::
206 * Applications::
207 * looking ahead::
208
209 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
210
211 * Operations::
212 * append::
213 * update::
214 * concatenate::
215 * delete::
216 * compare::
217
218 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
219
220 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
221 * multiple::
222
223 Updating an Archive
224
225 * how to update::
226
227 Options Used by @option{--create}
228
229 * override:: Overriding File Metadata.
230 * Ignore Failed Read::
231
232 Options Used by @option{--extract}
233
234 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
235 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
236 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
237
238 Options to Help Read Archives
239
240 * read full records::
241 * Ignore Zeros::
242
243 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
244
245 * Dealing with Old Files::
246 * Overwrite Old Files::
247 * Keep Old Files::
248 * Keep Newer Files::
249 * Unlink First::
250 * Recursive Unlink::
251 * Data Modification Times::
252 * Setting Access Permissions::
253 * Directory Modification Times and Permissions::
254 * Writing to Standard Output::
255 * Writing to an External Program::
256 * remove files::
257
258 Coping with Scarce Resources
259
260 * Starting File::
261 * Same Order::
262
263 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
264
265 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
266 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
267 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
268 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
269 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
270 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
271
272 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
273
274 * General-Purpose Variables::
275 * Magnetic Tape Control::
276 * User Hooks::
277 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
278
279 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
280
281 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
282 * Selecting Archive Members::
283 * files:: Reading Names from a File
284 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
285 * wildcards:: Wildcards Patterns and Matching
286 * quoting styles:: Ways of Quoting Special Characters in Names
287 * transform:: Modifying File and Member Names
288 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
289 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
290 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
291
292 Reading Names from a File
293
294 * nul::
295
296 Excluding Some Files
297
298 * problems with exclude::
299
300 Wildcards Patterns and Matching
301
302 * controlling pattern-matching::
303
304 Crossing File System Boundaries
305
306 * directory:: Changing Directory
307 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
308
309 Date input formats
310
311 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
312 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
313 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
314 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}.
315 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
316 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
317 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
318 * Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1078100502.
319 * Specifying time zone rules:: TZ="America/New_York", TZ="UTC0".
320 * Authors of parse_datetime:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
321
322 Controlling the Archive Format
323
324 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
325 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
326 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
327 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
328
329 Using Less Space through Compression
330
331 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
332 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
333
334 Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
335
336 * lbzip2:: Using lbzip2 with @GNUTAR{}.
337
338 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
339
340 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
341 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
342 * hard links:: Hard Links
343 * old:: Old V7 Archives
344 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
345 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
346 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
347 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
348 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
349 * Other Tars:: How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using
350 Other @command{tar} Implementations
351
352 @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
353
354 * PAX keywords:: Controlling Extended Header Keywords.
355
356 How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using Other @command{tar} Implementations
357
358 * Split Recovery:: Members Split Between Volumes
359 * Sparse Recovery:: Sparse Members
360
361 Tapes and Other Archive Media
362
363 * Device:: Device selection and switching
364 * Remote Tape Server::
365 * Common Problems and Solutions::
366 * Blocking:: Blocking
367 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
368 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
369 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
370 * verify::
371 * Write Protection::
372
373 Blocking
374
375 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
376 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
377
378 Many Archives on One Tape
379
380 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
381 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
382
383 Using Multiple Tapes
384
385 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
386 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
387 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
388
389
390 Tar Internals
391
392 * Standard:: Basic Tar Format
393 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
394 * Sparse Formats:: Storing Sparse Files
395 * Snapshot Files::
396 * Dumpdir::
397
398 Storing Sparse Files
399
400 * Old GNU Format::
401 * PAX 0:: PAX Format, Versions 0.0 and 0.1
402 * PAX 1:: PAX Format, Version 1.0
403
404 Genfile
405
406 * Generate Mode:: File Generation Mode.
407 * Status Mode:: File Status Mode.
408 * Exec Mode:: Synchronous Execution mode.
409
410 Copying This Manual
411
412 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
413
414 @end detailmenu
415 @end menu
416
417 @node Introduction
418 @chapter Introduction
419
420 @GNUTAR{} creates
421 and manipulates @dfn{archives} which are actually collections of
422 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
423 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
424 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
425 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
426
427 @menu
428 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
429 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
430 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
431 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
432 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
433 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
434 @end menu
435
436 @node Book Contents
437 @section What this Book Contains
438
439 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
440 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
441 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
442 or comments.
443
444 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
445 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
446 meant to be self-contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
447 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
448 progressive order, building on information already explained.
449
450 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
451 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
452 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
453 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
454 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
455 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
456 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
457 may be a cross-reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
458 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
459 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
460
461 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
462 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
463
464 The other chapters are meant to be used as a reference. Each chapter
465 presents everything that needs to be said about a specific topic.
466
467 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
468 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
469 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
470 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
471
472 In general, we give both long and short (abbreviated) option names
473 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
474 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
475 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
476 indicate this.)
477
478 @node Definitions
479 @section Some Definitions
480
481 @cindex archive
482 @cindex tar archive
483 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
484 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
485 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
486 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
487 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and data modification time.
488 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
489 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
490 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
491
492 @cindex member
493 @cindex archive member
494 @cindex file name
495 @cindex member name
496 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
497 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
498 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
499 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
500 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the file system,
501 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
502 archive.
503
504 @cindex extraction
505 @cindex unpacking
506 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
507 member (or multiple members) into a file in the file system. Extracting
508 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
509 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
510 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
511 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
512 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
513 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
514 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
515 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
516 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
517
518 @node What tar Does
519 @section What @command{tar} Does
520
521 @cindex tar
522 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
523 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
524 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
525 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
526 stored.
527
528 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
529 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
530 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
531 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
532 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
533
534 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
535 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
536
537 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work.}
538 @table @asis
539 @item Storage
540 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
541 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
542 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
543 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
544 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
545 unit.
546
547 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
548 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
549 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
550 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
551 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
552 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
553 archives useful.
554
555 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
556 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
557 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
558 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
559 all dimensions, even time!)
560
561 @item Backup
562 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
563 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
564 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
565 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
566 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
567 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
568 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
569 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
570 file system.
571
572 @item Transportation
573 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
574 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
575 files from one system to another.
576 @end table
577
578 @node Naming tar Archives
579 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
580
581 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
582 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
583 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
584 it and to make examples more clear.
585
586 @cindex tar file
587 @cindex entry
588 @cindex tar entry
589 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
590 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
591 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
592 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
593 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
594
595 @node Authors
596 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
597
598 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
599 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
600 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
601 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Fran@,{c}ois
602 Pinard, Paul Eggert, and finally Sergey Poznyakoff with the help of
603 numerous and kind users.
604
605 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
606 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
607 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
608 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
609 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
610
611 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
612 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
613 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
614 i'll think about it.}
615
616 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
617 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
618
619 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
620 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
621 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
622 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
623 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
624 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
625 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
626 1.12. The book for versions from 1.14 up to @value{VERSION} were edited
627 by the current maintainer, Sergey Poznyakoff.
628
629 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
630 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
631
632 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at savannah.gnu.org
633 (see @url{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tar}), and
634 active development and maintenance work has started
635 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
636 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
637
638 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
639
640 @node Reports
641 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
642
643 @cindex bug reports
644 @cindex reporting bugs
645 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
646 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
647
648 When reporting a bug, please be sure to include as much detail as
649 possible, in order to reproduce it.
650 @FIXME{Be more specific, I'd like to make this node as detailed as
651 'Bug reporting' node in Emacs manual.}
652
653 @node Tutorial
654 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
655
656 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
657 operations: @option{--create}, @option{--list}, and @option{--extract}. If
658 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
659 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
660 details about how @command{tar} works.
661
662 @menu
663 * assumptions::
664 * stylistic conventions::
665 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
666 * frequent operations::
667 * Two Frequent Options::
668 * create:: How to Create Archives
669 * list:: How to List Archives
670 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
671 * going further::
672 @end menu
673
674 @node assumptions
675 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
676
677 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
678 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
679 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
680 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
681 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
682
683 @itemize @bullet
684 @item
685 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
686 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
687 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
688 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
689 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
690 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
691 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
692 file system. You should have some basic understanding of directory
693 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
694 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
695 input, what various definitions of the term @samp{argument} mean, and the
696 differences between relative and absolute file names.
697 @FIXME{and what else?}
698
699 @item
700 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
701 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
702 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show file names,
703 we will assume that those names are relative to your home directory.
704 For example, my home directory is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
705 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that file
706 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
707
708 @item
709 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
710 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
711 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
712 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
713 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
714 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
715 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
716 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
717 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
718
719 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
720 @end itemize
721
722 @node stylistic conventions
723 @section Stylistic Conventions
724
725 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
726 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
727 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
728 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
729 sometimes @samp{like this}.
730
731 @c When we have lines which are too long to be
732 @c displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
733
734 @node basic tar options
735 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
736
737 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
738 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
739 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
740 operations, and options.
741
742 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
743 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
744 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
745 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
746 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
747 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
748
749 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
750 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
751 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
752 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
753 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
754 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
755
756 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
757 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
758 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
759 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
760 corresponding abbreviations. We will indicate those abbreviations
761 appropriately to get you used to seeing them. Note, that the ``old
762 style'' option forms exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
763 @command{tar}. In this book we present a full discussion of this way
764 of writing options and operations (@pxref{Old Options}), and we discuss
765 the other two styles of writing options (@xref{Long Options}, and
766 @pxref{Short Options}).
767
768 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
769 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
770 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
771 For example, instead of typing
772
773 @smallexample
774 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
775 @end smallexample
776
777 @noindent
778 you can type
779 @smallexample
780 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
781 @end smallexample
782
783 @noindent
784 or even
785 @smallexample
786 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
787 @end smallexample
788
789 @noindent
790 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
791 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
792 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
793
794 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
795 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
796 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
797 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
798 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
799 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
800 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
801
802 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
803 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
804 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
805 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
806 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc.). However,
807 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
808 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
809 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
810 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
811 intends.
812
813 @node frequent operations
814 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
815
816 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
817 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
818 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
819 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
820
821 @table @option
822 @item --create
823 @itemx -c
824 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
825 @item --list
826 @itemx -t
827 List the contents of an archive.
828 @item --extract
829 @itemx -x
830 Extract one or more members from an archive.
831 @end table
832
833 @node Two Frequent Options
834 @section Two Frequently Used Options
835
836 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
837 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
838 @command{tar}: @option{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
839 and @option{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
840 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
841 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
842
843 @menu
844 * file tutorial::
845 * verbose tutorial::
846 * help tutorial::
847 @end menu
848
849 @node file tutorial
850 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--file} Option
851
852 @table @option
853 @xopindex{file, tutorial}
854 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
855 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
856 Specify the name of an archive file.
857 @end table
858
859 You can specify an argument for the @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option whenever you
860 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
861 that @command{tar} will work on.
862
863 @vrindex TAPE
864 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will examine
865 the environment variable @env{TAPE}. If it is set, its value will be
866 used as the archive name. Otherwise, @command{tar} will use the
867 default archive, determined at compile time. Usually it is
868 standard output or some physical tape drive attached to your machine
869 (you can verify what the default is by running @kbd{tar
870 --show-defaults}, @pxref{defaults}). If there is no tape drive
871 attached, or the default is not meaningful, then @command{tar} will
872 print an error message. The error message might look roughly like one
873 of the following:
874
875 @smallexample
876 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
877 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
878 @end smallexample
879
880 @noindent
881 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
882 name by using @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) when writing your @command{tar} commands.
883 For more information on using the @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option, see
884 @ref{file}.
885
886 @node verbose tutorial
887 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--verbose} Option
888
889 @table @option
890 @xopindex{verbose, introduced}
891 @item --verbose
892 @itemx -v
893 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
894 @end table
895
896 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) shows details about the results of running
897 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
898 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
899 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @option{--verbose}
900 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
901 @option{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
902 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
903 others. We will use @option{--verbose} at times to help make something
904 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
905 @option{--verbose} to show the differences.
906
907 Each instance of @option{--verbose} on the command line increases the
908 verbosity level by one, so if you need more details on the output,
909 specify it twice.
910
911 When reading archives (@option{--list}, @option{--extract},
912 @option{--diff}), @command{tar} by default prints only the names of
913 the members being extracted. Using @option{--verbose} will show a full,
914 @command{ls} style member listing.
915
916 In contrast, when writing archives (@option{--create}, @option{--append},
917 @option{--update}), @command{tar} does not print file names by
918 default. So, a single @option{--verbose} option shows the file names
919 being added to the archive, while two @option{--verbose} options
920 enable the full listing.
921
922 For example, to create an archive in verbose mode:
923
924 @smallexample
925 $ @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
926 apple
927 angst
928 aspic
929 @end smallexample
930
931 @noindent
932 Creating the same archive with the verbosity level 2 could give:
933
934 @smallexample
935 $ @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
936 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 62373 2006-06-09 12:06 apple
937 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 11481 2006-06-09 12:06 angst
938 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 23152 2006-06-09 12:06 aspic
939 @end smallexample
940
941 @noindent
942 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
943 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
944 twice, like this:
945
946 @smallexample
947 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
948 @end smallexample
949
950 @noindent
951 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
952
953 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@option{--verbose
954 --verbose}}.
955
956 @anchor{verbose member listing}
957 The full output consists of six fields:
958
959 @itemize @bullet
960 @item File type and permissions in symbolic form.
961 These are displayed in the same format as the first column of
962 @command{ls -l} output (@pxref{What information is listed,
963 format=verbose, Verbose listing, fileutils, GNU file utilities}).
964
965 @item Owner name and group separated by a slash character.
966 If these data are not available (for example, when listing a @samp{v7} format
967 archive), numeric @acronym{ID} values are printed instead.
968
969 @item Size of the file, in bytes.
970
971 @item File modification date in ISO 8601 format.
972
973 @item File modification time.
974
975 @item File name.
976 If the name contains any special characters (white space, newlines,
977 etc.) these are displayed in an unambiguous form using so called
978 @dfn{quoting style}. For the detailed discussion of available styles
979 and on how to use them, see @ref{quoting styles}.
980
981 Depending on the file type, the name can be followed by some
982 additional information, described in the following table:
983
984 @table @samp
985 @item -> @var{link-name}
986 The file or archive member is a @dfn{symbolic link} and
987 @var{link-name} is the name of file it links to.
988
989 @item link to @var{link-name}
990 The file or archive member is a @dfn{hard link} and @var{link-name} is
991 the name of file it links to.
992
993 @item --Long Link--
994 The archive member is an old GNU format long link. You will normally
995 not encounter this.
996
997 @item --Long Name--
998 The archive member is an old GNU format long name. You will normally
999 not encounter this.
1000
1001 @item --Volume Header--
1002 The archive member is a GNU @dfn{volume header} (@pxref{Tape Files}).
1003
1004 @item --Continued at byte @var{n}--
1005 Encountered only at the beginning of a multi-volume archive
1006 (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}). This archive member is a continuation
1007 from the previous volume. The number @var{n} gives the offset where
1008 the original file was split.
1009
1010 @item unknown file type @var{c}
1011 An archive member of unknown type. @var{c} is the type character from
1012 the archive header. If you encounter such a message, it means that
1013 either your archive contains proprietary member types @GNUTAR{} is not
1014 able to handle, or the archive is corrupted.
1015 @end table
1016
1017 @end itemize
1018
1019 For example, here is an archive listing containing most of the special
1020 suffixes explained above:
1021
1022 @smallexample
1023 @group
1024 V--------- 0/0 1536 2006-06-09 13:07 MyVolume--Volume Header--
1025 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 456783 2006-06-09 12:06 aspic--Continued at byte 32456--
1026 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 62373 2006-06-09 12:06 apple
1027 lrwxrwxrwx gray/staff 0 2006-06-09 13:01 angst -> apple
1028 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 35793 2006-06-09 12:06 blues
1029 hrw-r--r-- gray/staff 0 2006-06-09 12:06 music link to blues
1030 @end group
1031 @end smallexample
1032
1033 @smallexample
1034 @end smallexample
1035
1036 @node help tutorial
1037 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @option{--help} Option
1038
1039 @table @option
1040 @opindex help
1041 @item --help
1042
1043 The @option{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
1044 all operations and option available for the current version of
1045 @command{tar} available on your system.
1046 @end table
1047
1048 @node create
1049 @section How to Create Archives
1050 @UNREVISED
1051
1052 @cindex Creation of the archive
1053 @cindex Archive, creation of
1054 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @option{--create} (@option{-c}), which
1055 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
1056 @option{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
1057 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
1058 practice on.
1059
1060 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
1061 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
1062 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
1063 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
1064 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
1065 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
1066 other directories and other archives.
1067
1068 The three files you will archive in this example are called
1069 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
1070 @file{collection.tar}.
1071
1072 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @option{--create}
1073 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
1074 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
1075 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
1076 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
1077 @command{tar} works.
1078
1079 @menu
1080 * prepare for examples::
1081 * Creating the archive::
1082 * create verbose::
1083 * short create::
1084 * create dir::
1085 @end menu
1086
1087 @node prepare for examples
1088 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
1089
1090 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
1091 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
1092 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
1093 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
1094 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
1095 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
1096
1097 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
1098 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
1099 the full file name of this directory is
1100 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
1101 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.)
1102
1103 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
1104 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
1105 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
1106 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1107
1108 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1109 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1110 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1111 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1112 contents of the file named by @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) if it exists. @command{tar}
1113 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1114 specify an option which does this (@pxref{backup}, for the
1115 information on how to do so). To add files to an existing archive,
1116 you need to use a different option, such as @option{--append} (@option{-r}); see
1117 @ref{append} for information on how to do this.
1118
1119 @node Creating the archive
1120 @subsection Creating the Archive
1121
1122 @xopindex{create, introduced}
1123 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1124 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1125
1126 @smallexample
1127 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1128 @end smallexample
1129
1130 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1131 option forms}. You could also say:
1132
1133 @smallexample
1134 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1135 @end smallexample
1136
1137 @noindent
1138 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1139 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1140 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1141 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1142
1143 Note that the sequence
1144 @option{--file=@-collection.tar} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1145 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1146 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1147 archive file you create.
1148
1149 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1150 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1151 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1152 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1153 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1154 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1155
1156 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @option{--create}
1157 is the operation which creates the new archive
1158 (@file{collection.tar}), and @option{--file} is the option which lets
1159 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1160 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1161 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @option{--create} operation.
1162 @xref{Choosing}, for the detailed discussion on these.) Now that they are
1163 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1164 (@pxref{Definitions,members}).
1165
1166 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1167 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1168 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1169
1170 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@command{ls}), you will
1171 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1172
1173 @smallexample
1174 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1175 @end smallexample
1176
1177 @noindent
1178 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1179 the files in the directory.
1180
1181 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1182 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1183 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1184 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1185
1186 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @option{--create} (@option{-c}) to add files to
1187 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1188 Use @option{--append} (@option{-r}) instead. @xref{append}.
1189
1190 @node create verbose
1191 @subsection Running @option{--create} with @option{--verbose}
1192
1193 @xopindex{create, using with @option{--verbose}}
1194 @xopindex{verbose, using with @option{--create}}
1195 If you include the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option on the command line,
1196 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1197 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1198
1199 @smallexample
1200 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1201 blues
1202 folk
1203 jazz
1204 @end smallexample
1205
1206 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1207 @option{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining
1208 @iftex
1209 lines (note the different font styles).
1210 @end iftex
1211 @ifinfo
1212 lines.
1213 @end ifinfo
1214
1215 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1216 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1217 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1218 understand.
1219
1220 @node short create
1221 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1222
1223 As we said before, the @option{--create} (@option{-c}) operation is one of the most
1224 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1225 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1226 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1227 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1228 previous example (including the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option) looks like
1229 using short option forms:
1230
1231 @smallexample
1232 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1233 blues
1234 folk
1235 jazz
1236 @end smallexample
1237
1238 @noindent
1239 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1240 long or short option forms.
1241
1242 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1243 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1244 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1245 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1246 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1247 following way:
1248
1249 @smallexample
1250 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1251 @end smallexample
1252
1253 @noindent
1254 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1255 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1256 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @option{-f} option, and
1257 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1258 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1259 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1260 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1261 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1262 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1263 Because the @option{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1264 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1265
1266 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1267 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1268 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1269
1270 This example,
1271
1272 @smallexample
1273 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1274 @end smallexample
1275
1276 @noindent
1277 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1278 becomes much more so:
1279
1280 @smallexample
1281 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1282 @end smallexample
1283
1284 @noindent
1285 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1286 immediately following the @option{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1287 valuable data.
1288
1289 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1290 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1291 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1292 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1293 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1294
1295 @node create dir
1296 @subsection Archiving Directories
1297
1298 @cindex Archiving Directories
1299 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1300 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1301 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1302 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1303 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1304
1305 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1306 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1307 type:
1308
1309 @smallexample
1310 $ @kbd{cd ..}
1311 $
1312 @end smallexample
1313
1314 @noindent
1315 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1316 i.e., your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1317 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1318 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1319
1320 @smallexample
1321 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1322 @end smallexample
1323
1324 @noindent
1325 @command{tar} should output:
1326
1327 @smallexample
1328 practice/
1329 practice/blues
1330 practice/folk
1331 practice/jazz
1332 practice/collection.tar
1333 @end smallexample
1334
1335 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1336 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1337 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1338 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1339 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1340 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1341 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1342 @command{tar} from the root directory; @xref{absolute}. (Note
1343 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1344 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1345 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1346 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1347 into the file system).
1348
1349 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1350
1351 @smallexample
1352 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1353 @end smallexample
1354
1355 @noindent
1356 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1357 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1358 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1359 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1360 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1361 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1362 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1363 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1364 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1365 note:} Other implementations of @command{tar} may not be so clever;
1366 they will enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not
1367 depend on this behavior unless you are certain you are running
1368 @GNUTAR{}. In general, it is wise to always place the archive outside
1369 of the directory being dumped.)
1370
1371 @node list
1372 @section How to List Archives
1373
1374 @opindex list
1375 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1376 particular archive contains. You can use the @option{--list}
1377 (@option{-t}) operation to get the member names as they currently
1378 appear in the archive, as well as various attributes of the files at
1379 the time they were archived. For example, you can examine the archive
1380 @file{collection.tar} that you created in the last section with the
1381 command,
1382
1383 @smallexample
1384 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1385 @end smallexample
1386
1387 @noindent
1388 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1389
1390 @smallexample
1391 blues
1392 folk
1393 jazz
1394 @end smallexample
1395
1396 @noindent
1397 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1398
1399 @smallexample
1400 ./birds
1401 baboon
1402 ./box
1403 @end smallexample
1404
1405 @noindent
1406 Be sure to use a @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f
1407 @var{archive-name}}) option just as with @option{--create}
1408 (@option{-c}) to specify the name of the archive.
1409
1410 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--verbose}}
1411 @xopindex{verbose, using with @option{--list}}
1412 If you use the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option with
1413 @option{--list}, then @command{tar} will print out a listing
1414 reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}}, showing owner, file size, and so
1415 forth. This output is described in detail in @ref{verbose member listing}.
1416
1417 If you had used @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) mode, the example
1418 above would look like:
1419
1420 @smallexample
1421 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1422 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1423 @end smallexample
1424
1425 @cindex listing member and file names
1426 @anchor{listing member and file names}
1427 It is important to notice that the output of @kbd{tar --list
1428 --verbose} does not necessarily match that produced by @kbd{tar
1429 --create --verbose} while creating the archive. It is because
1430 @GNUTAR{}, unless told explicitly not to do so, removes some directory
1431 prefixes from file names before storing them in the archive
1432 (@xref{absolute}, for more information). In other
1433 words, in verbose mode @GNUTAR{} shows @dfn{file names} when creating
1434 an archive and @dfn{member names} when listing it. Consider this
1435 example:
1436
1437 @smallexample
1438 @group
1439 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file archive /etc/mail}
1440 tar: Removing leading '/' from member names
1441 /etc/mail/
1442 /etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1443 /etc/mail/aliases
1444 $ @kbd{tar --test --file archive}
1445 etc/mail/
1446 etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1447 etc/mail/aliases
1448 @end group
1449 @end smallexample
1450
1451 @opindex show-stored-names
1452 This default behavior can sometimes be inconvenient. You can force
1453 @GNUTAR{} show member names when creating archive by supplying
1454 @option{--show-stored-names} option.
1455
1456 @table @option
1457 @item --show-stored-names
1458 Print member (as opposed to @emph{file}) names when creating the archive.
1459 @end table
1460
1461 @cindex File name arguments, using @option{--list} with
1462 @xopindex{list, using with file name arguments}
1463 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1464 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1465 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1466 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1467
1468 Because @command{tar} preserves file names, these must be specified as
1469 they appear in the archive (i.e., relative to the directory from which
1470 the archive was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying
1471 member names to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names.
1472 For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar birds}} would produce an
1473 error message something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive},
1474 because there is no member named @file{birds}, only one named
1475 @file{./birds}. While the names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name
1476 the same file, @emph{member} names by default are compared verbatim.
1477
1478 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar baboon}} would respond
1479 with @file{baboon}, because this exact member name is in the archive file
1480 @file{bfiles.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name,
1481 use @dfn{globbing patterns}, for example:
1482
1483 @smallexample
1484 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar --wildcards '*b*'}
1485 @end smallexample
1486
1487 @noindent
1488 will list all members whose name contains @samp{b}. @xref{wildcards},
1489 for a detailed discussion of globbing patterns and related
1490 @command{tar} command line options.
1491
1492 @menu
1493 * list dir::
1494 @end menu
1495
1496 @node list dir
1497 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1498
1499 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1500 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1501 @option{--list} (@option{-t}). To find out file attributes, include the
1502 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option.
1503
1504 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1505 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1506
1507 @smallexample
1508 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1509 @end smallexample
1510
1511 @command{tar} responds:
1512
1513 @smallexample
1514 drwxrwxrwx myself/user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1515 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1516 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1517 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1518 -rw-r--r-- myself/user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1519 @end smallexample
1520
1521 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1522 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1523
1524 @node extract
1525 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1526 @cindex Extraction
1527 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1528 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1529
1530 @opindex extract
1531 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1532 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1533 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1534 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1535 from an archive, use the @option{--extract} (@option{--get} or
1536 @option{-x}) operation. As with @option{--create}, specify the name
1537 of the archive with @option{--file} (@option{-f}) option. Extracting
1538 an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can extract it
1539 multiple times if you want or need to.
1540
1541 Using @option{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1542 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1543 with @option{--create} (@option{-c}) and @option{--list} (@option{-t}), you may use the short or the
1544 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1545
1546 @menu
1547 * extracting archives::
1548 * extracting files::
1549 * extract dir::
1550 * extracting untrusted archives::
1551 * failing commands::
1552 @end menu
1553
1554 @node extracting archives
1555 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1556
1557 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1558 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1559
1560 @smallexample
1561 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1562 @end smallexample
1563
1564 @noindent
1565 produces this:
1566
1567 @smallexample
1568 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1569 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1570 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1571 @end smallexample
1572
1573 @node extracting files
1574 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1575
1576 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1577 arguments, as printed by @option{--list} (@option{-t}). If you had
1578 mistakenly deleted one of the files you had placed in the archive
1579 @file{collection.tar} earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it
1580 from the archive without changing the archive's structure. Its
1581 contents will be identical to the original file @file{blues} that you
1582 deleted.
1583
1584 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1585 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1586 the files in the directory again.
1587
1588 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1589 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1590
1591 @smallexample
1592 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1593 @end smallexample
1594
1595 @noindent
1596 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1597 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, data
1598 modification times, and owner.@footnote{This is only accidentally
1599 true, but not in general. Whereas modification times are always
1600 restored, in most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner,
1601 and use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just
1602 happens that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived
1603 members, and that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original
1604 permissions.} (These parameters will be identical to those which
1605 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1606 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1607 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1608 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1609 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1610 @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
1611
1612 Remember that as with other operations, specifying the exact member
1613 name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar birds}}
1614 will fail, because there is no member named @file{birds}. To extract
1615 the member named @file{./birds}, you must specify @w{@kbd{tar
1616 --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. If you don't remember the
1617 exact member names, use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) option
1618 (@pxref{list}). You can also extract those members that match a
1619 specific @dfn{globbing pattern}. For example, to extract from
1620 @file{bfiles.tar} all files that begin with @samp{b}, no matter their
1621 directory prefix, you could type:
1622
1623 @smallexample
1624 $ @kbd{tar -x -f bfiles.tar --wildcards --no-anchored 'b*'}
1625 @end smallexample
1626
1627 @noindent
1628 Here, @option{--wildcards} instructs @command{tar} to treat
1629 command line arguments as globbing patterns and @option{--no-anchored}
1630 informs it that the patterns apply to member names after any @samp{/}
1631 delimiter. The use of globbing patterns is discussed in detail in
1632 @xref{wildcards}.
1633
1634 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1635 with the @option{--to-stdout} (@option{-O}) option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1636 Output}).
1637
1638 If you give the @option{--verbose} option, then @option{--extract}
1639 will print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1640
1641 @node extract dir
1642 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1643
1644 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1645 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1646 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1647 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1648 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1649 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1650 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1651 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1652 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1653 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted
1654 (there exist, however, special options that alter this behavior
1655 @pxref{Writing}).
1656
1657 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1658 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1659 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1660
1661 We can demonstrate how to use @option{--extract} to extract a directory
1662 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1663 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1664 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1665 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1666 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1667 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1668 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1669 following command:
1670
1671 @smallexample
1672 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1673 practice/folk
1674 practice/jazz
1675 @end smallexample
1676
1677 @noindent
1678 If you were to specify two @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) options, @command{tar}
1679 would have displayed more detail about the extracted files, as shown
1680 in the example below:
1681
1682 @smallexample
1683 $ @kbd{tar -xvvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1684 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 practice/jazz
1685 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 practice/folk
1686 @end smallexample
1687
1688 @noindent
1689 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1690 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1691 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1692 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1693
1694 @node extracting untrusted archives
1695 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
1696
1697 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
1698 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
1699 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
1700 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
1701 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
1702 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
1703 extract it as follows:
1704
1705 @smallexample
1706 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
1707 $ @kbd{cd newdir}
1708 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
1709 @end smallexample
1710
1711 It is also a good practice to examine contents of the archive
1712 before extracting it, using @option{--list} (@option{-t}) option, possibly combined
1713 with @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}).
1714
1715 @node failing commands
1716 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
1717
1718 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
1719 they won't work.
1720
1721 If you try to use this command,
1722
1723 @smallexample
1724 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
1725 @end smallexample
1726
1727 @noindent
1728 you will get the following response:
1729
1730 @smallexample
1731 tar: folk: Not found in archive
1732 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
1733 @end smallexample
1734
1735 @noindent
1736 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
1737 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
1738 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
1739
1740 @smallexample
1741 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
1742 practice/blues
1743 practice/folk
1744 practice/jazz
1745 @end smallexample
1746
1747 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
1748 order...}
1749
1750 @noindent
1751 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
1752
1753 @smallexample
1754 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
1755 @end smallexample
1756
1757 @noindent
1758 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
1759 archive. You must use the correct member names, or wildcards, in order
1760 to extract the files from the archive.
1761
1762 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
1763 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
1764
1765 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
1766
1767 @node going further
1768 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
1769 @UNREVISED
1770
1771 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
1772 be in the rest of the manual.}
1773
1774 @node tar invocation
1775 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
1776
1777 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
1778 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
1779 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
1780 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
1781 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
1782 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
1783 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
1784 depending on what the operation is.
1785
1786 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
1787 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
1788 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
1789 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
1790 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
1791
1792 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
1793 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
1794 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
1795 receives about what is going on. These are the @option{--help} and
1796 @option{--version} (@pxref{help}), @option{--verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
1797 and @option{--interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
1798
1799 @menu
1800 * Synopsis::
1801 * using tar options::
1802 * Styles::
1803 * All Options:: All @command{tar} Options.
1804 * help:: Where to Get Help.
1805 * defaults:: What are the Default Values.
1806 * verbose:: Checking @command{tar} progress.
1807 * checkpoints:: Checkpoints.
1808 * warnings:: Controlling Warning Messages.
1809 * interactive:: Asking for Confirmation During Operations.
1810 * external:: Running External Commands.
1811 @end menu
1812
1813 @node Synopsis
1814 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
1815
1816 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
1817
1818 @smallexample
1819 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1820 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1821 @end smallexample
1822
1823 The second form is for when old options are being used.
1824
1825 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
1826 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
1827 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
1828 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
1829 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
1830 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
1831 @command{tar} is to act on.
1832
1833 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
1834 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
1835 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
1836 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
1837
1838 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
1839 name when the main command is one of @option{--compare}
1840 (@option{--diff}, @option{-d}), @option{--delete}, @option{--extract}
1841 (@option{--get}, @option{-x}), @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or
1842 @option{--update} (@option{-u}). When naming archive members, you
1843 must give the exact name of the member in the archive, as it is
1844 printed by @option{--list}. For @option{--append} (@option{-r}) and
1845 @option{--create} (@option{-c}), these @var{name} arguments specify
1846 the names of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
1847 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
1848 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
1849
1850 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
1851 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
1852 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
1853 unless you specify otherwise (using the @option{--absolute-names}
1854 option). @xref{absolute}, for more information about
1855 @option{--absolute-names}.
1856
1857 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
1858 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
1859 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
1860 the files in the file system to @command{tar}.
1861
1862 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
1863 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
1864 for newcomers. @xref{wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
1865 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
1866 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
1867 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
1868 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
1869 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
1870 sufficient for this.
1871
1872 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
1873 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
1874 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}}) option.
1875
1876 If you don't use any file name arguments, @option{--append} (@option{-r}),
1877 @option{--delete} and @option{--concatenate} (@option{--catenate},
1878 @option{-A}) will do nothing, while @option{--create} (@option{-c})
1879 will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar} execution.
1880 The other operations of @command{tar} (@option{--list},
1881 @option{--extract}, @option{--compare}, and @option{--update})
1882 will act on the entire contents of the archive.
1883
1884 @anchor{exit status}
1885 @cindex exit status
1886 @cindex return status
1887 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
1888 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
1889 @command{tar} command line is improperly written. Errors may be
1890 encountered later, while processing the archive or the files. Some
1891 errors are recoverable, in which case the failure is delayed until
1892 @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some errors are such that
1893 it would be not meaningful, or at least risky, to continue processing:
1894 @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately. All abnormal exits,
1895 whether immediate or delayed, should always be clearly diagnosed on
1896 @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of the error.
1897
1898 Possible exit codes of @GNUTAR{} are summarized in the following
1899 table:
1900
1901 @table @asis
1902 @item 0
1903 @samp{Successful termination}.
1904
1905 @item 1
1906 @samp{Some files differ}. If tar was invoked with @option{--compare}
1907 (@option{--diff}, @option{-d}) command line option, this means that
1908 some files in the archive differ from their disk counterparts
1909 (@pxref{compare}). If tar was given @option{--create},
1910 @option{--append} or @option{--update} option, this exit code means
1911 that some files were changed while being archived and so the resulting
1912 archive does not contain the exact copy of the file set.
1913
1914 @item 2
1915 @samp{Fatal error}. This means that some fatal, unrecoverable error
1916 occurred.
1917 @end table
1918
1919 If @command{tar} has invoked a subprocess and that subprocess exited with a
1920 nonzero exit code, @command{tar} exits with that code as well.
1921 This can happen, for example, if @command{tar} was given some
1922 compression option (@pxref{gzip}) and the external compressor program
1923 failed. Another example is @command{rmt} failure during backup to the
1924 remote device (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
1925
1926 @node using tar options
1927 @section Using @command{tar} Options
1928
1929 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
1930 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
1931 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
1932 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
1933 @command{tar} command (the corresponding options may be found
1934 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
1935 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
1936 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
1937 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
1938 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
1939
1940 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
1941 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @option{--verbose}
1942 (@option{-v}), which we used in the tutorial). As we said in the
1943 tutorial, @dfn{options} are arguments to @command{tar} which are (as
1944 their name suggests) optional. Depending on the operating mode, you
1945 may specify one or more options. Different options will have different
1946 effects, but in general they all change details of the operation, such
1947 as archive format, archive name, or level of user interaction. Some
1948 options make sense with all operating modes, while others are
1949 meaningful only with particular modes. You will likely use some
1950 options frequently, while you will only use others infrequently, or
1951 not at all. (A full list of options is available in @pxref{All Options}.)
1952
1953 @vrindex TAR_OPTIONS, environment variable
1954 @anchor{TAR_OPTIONS}
1955 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
1956 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
1957 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
1958 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
1959 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
1960 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
1961 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
1962
1963 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
1964 options @option{-T} and @option{-t} are different; the first requires an
1965 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
1966 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
1967 write @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
1968
1969 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
1970 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
1971 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
1972 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
1973 styles.
1974
1975 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
1976 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chapter 4 is
1977 incorporated.}
1978
1979 @node Styles
1980 @section The Three Option Styles
1981
1982 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
1983 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
1984 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
1985 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
1986
1987 Some options must take an argument@footnote{For example, @option{--file}
1988 (@option{-f}) takes the name of an archive file as an argument. If
1989 you do not supply an archive file name, @command{tar} will use a
1990 default, but this can be confusing; thus, we recommend that you always
1991 supply a specific archive file name.}. Where you @emph{place} the
1992 arguments generally depends on which style of options you choose. We
1993 will detail specific information relevant to each option style in the
1994 sections on the different option styles, below. The differences are
1995 subtle, yet can often be very important; incorrect option placement
1996 can cause you to overwrite a number of important files. We urge you
1997 to note these differences, and only use the option style(s) which
1998 makes the most sense to you until you feel comfortable with the others.
1999
2000 Some options @emph{may} take an argument. Such options may have at
2001 most long and short forms, they do not have old style equivalent. The
2002 rules for specifying an argument for such options are stricter than
2003 those for specifying mandatory arguments. Please, pay special
2004 attention to them.
2005
2006 @menu
2007 * Long Options:: Long Option Style
2008 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
2009 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
2010 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
2011 @end menu
2012
2013 @node Long Options
2014 @subsection Long Option Style
2015
2016 @cindex long options
2017 @cindex options, long style
2018 @cindex options, GNU style
2019 @cindex options, mnemonic names
2020 Each option has at least one @dfn{long} (or @dfn{mnemonic}) name starting with two
2021 dashes in a row, e.g., @option{--list}. The long names are more clear than
2022 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
2023 single long option has many different names which are
2024 synonymous, such as @option{--compare} and @option{--diff}. In addition,
2025 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
2026 @option{--cre} can be used in place of @option{--create} because there is no
2027 other long option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
2028 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
2029 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
2030 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
2031 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
2032 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
2033 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
2034 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
2035
2036 Long options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
2037 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
2038 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
2039
2040 @smallexample
2041 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
2042 @end smallexample
2043
2044 @noindent
2045 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
2046 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
2047
2048 @cindex arguments to long options
2049 @cindex long options with mandatory arguments
2050 Long options which require arguments take those arguments
2051 immediately following the option name. There are two ways of
2052 specifying a mandatory argument. It can be separated from the
2053 option name either by an equal sign, or by any amount of
2054 white space characters. For example, the @option{--file} option (which
2055 tells the name of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as
2056 @file{archive.tar} as argument by using any of the following notations:
2057 @option{--file=archive.tar} or @option{--file archive.tar}.
2058
2059 @cindex optional arguments to long options
2060 @cindex long options with optional arguments
2061 In contrast, optional arguments must always be introduced using
2062 an equal sign. For example, the @option{--backup} option takes
2063 an optional argument specifying backup type. It must be used
2064 as @option{--backup=@var{backup-type}}.
2065
2066 @node Short Options
2067 @subsection Short Option Style
2068
2069 @cindex short options
2070 @cindex options, short style
2071 @cindex options, traditional
2072 Most options also have a @dfn{short option} name. Short options start with
2073 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g., @option{-t}
2074 (which is equivalent to @option{--list}). The forms are absolutely
2075 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
2076
2077 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
2078
2079 @cindex arguments to short options
2080 @cindex short options with mandatory arguments
2081 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
2082 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
2083 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
2084 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@option{-f
2085 archive.tar}} or @option{-farchive.tar} instead of using
2086 @option{--file=archive.tar}. Both @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
2087 @w{@option{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
2088 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
2089
2090 @cindex optional arguments to short options
2091 @cindex short options with optional arguments
2092 Short options which take optional arguments take their arguments
2093 immediately following the option letter, @emph{without any intervening
2094 white space characters}.
2095
2096 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
2097 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
2098 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
2099 all, e.g., @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
2100 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
2101 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
2102 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
2103 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
2104
2105 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
2106 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
2107 For example:
2108
2109 @smallexample
2110 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
2111 @end smallexample
2112
2113 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
2114 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
2115 end up overwriting files.
2116
2117 @node Old Options
2118 @subsection Old Option Style
2119 @cindex options, old style
2120 @cindex old option style
2121 @cindex option syntax, traditional
2122
2123 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
2124 non-@acronym{GNU}, support @dfn{old options}: that is, if the first
2125 argument does not start with @samp{-}, it is assumed to specify option
2126 letters. @GNUTAR{} supports old options not only for historical
2127 reasons, but also because many people are used to them. If the first
2128 argument does not start with a dash, you are announcing the old option
2129 style instead of the short option style; old options are decoded
2130 differently.
2131
2132 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
2133 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
2134 them or dashes preceding them. This set
2135 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
2136 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
2137 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
2138 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
2139 the same as the short option @option{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
2140 long option @option{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
2141 cv}} specifies the option @option{-v} in addition to the operation @option{-c}.
2142
2143 @cindex arguments to old options
2144 @cindex old options with mandatory arguments
2145 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
2146 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
2147 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
2148 style as follows:
2149
2150 @smallexample
2151 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
2152 @end smallexample
2153
2154 @noindent
2155 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @option{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
2156 the argument of @option{-f}.
2157
2158 The old style syntax can make it difficult to match
2159 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
2160 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
2161 @samp{20} is the argument for @option{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
2162 argument for @option{-f}, and @option{-v} does not have a corresponding
2163 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
2164 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
2165 pertain to.
2166
2167 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
2168 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
2169
2170 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
2171 users. For example, the two commands:
2172
2173 @smallexample
2174 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2175 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2176 @end smallexample
2177
2178 @noindent
2179 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
2180 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
2181 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
2182 @samp{f} --- probably not what was intended.
2183
2184 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
2185 following are equivalent:
2186
2187 @smallexample
2188 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
2189 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2190 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2191 @end smallexample
2192
2193 @node Mixing
2194 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2195
2196 @cindex options, mixing different styles
2197 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2198 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2199 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2200 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with long options in
2201 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2202 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2203 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2204 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2205 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2206 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2207 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2208 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2209 style options.
2210
2211 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2212 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2213
2214 @smallexample
2215 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2216 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2217 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2218 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2219 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2220 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2221 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2222 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2223 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2224 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2225 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2226 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2227 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2228 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2229 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2230 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2231 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2232 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2233 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2234 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2235 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2236 @end smallexample
2237
2238 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2239 the previous set:
2240
2241 @smallexample
2242 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2243 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2244 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2245 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2246 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2247 @end smallexample
2248
2249 @noindent
2250 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2251 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2252 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2253 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2254 @option{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2255 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2256 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2257 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2258 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2259 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value.
2260 @FIXME{not sure i liked
2261 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2262
2263 @node All Options
2264 @section All @command{tar} Options
2265
2266 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2267 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and
2268 cross-references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2269 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2270 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2271 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2272
2273 @menu
2274 * Operation Summary::
2275 * Option Summary::
2276 * Short Option Summary::
2277 @end menu
2278
2279 @node Operation Summary
2280 @subsection Operations
2281
2282 @table @option
2283
2284 @opsummary{append}
2285 @item --append
2286 @itemx -r
2287
2288 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2289
2290 @opsummary{catenate}
2291 @item --catenate
2292 @itemx -A
2293
2294 Same as @option{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2295
2296 @opsummary{compare}
2297 @item --compare
2298 @itemx -d
2299
2300 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2301 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2302 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2303
2304 @opsummary{concatenate}
2305 @item --concatenate
2306 @itemx -A
2307
2308 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2309 @xref{concatenate}.
2310
2311 @opsummary{create}
2312 @item --create
2313 @itemx -c
2314
2315 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2316
2317 @opsummary{delete}
2318 @item --delete
2319
2320 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on an archive on a
2321 tape! @xref{delete}.
2322
2323 @opsummary{diff}
2324 @item --diff
2325 @itemx -d
2326
2327 Same @option{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2328
2329 @opsummary{extract}
2330 @item --extract
2331 @itemx -x
2332
2333 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2334
2335 @opsummary{get}
2336 @item --get
2337 @itemx -x
2338
2339 Same as @option{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2340
2341 @opsummary{list}
2342 @item --list
2343 @itemx -t
2344
2345 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2346
2347 @opsummary{update}
2348 @item --update
2349 @itemx -u
2350
2351 Adds files to the end of the archive, but only if they are newer than
2352 their counterparts already in the archive, or if they do not already
2353 exist in the archive. @xref{update}.
2354
2355 @end table
2356
2357 @node Option Summary
2358 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2359
2360 @table @option
2361
2362 @opsummary{absolute-names}
2363 @item --absolute-names
2364 @itemx -P
2365
2366 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2367 @samp{/} from member names, and when extracting from an archive @command{tar}
2368 treats names specially if they have initial @samp{/} or internal
2369 @samp{..}. This option disables that behavior. @xref{absolute}.
2370
2371 @opsummary{after-date}
2372 @item --after-date
2373
2374 (See @option{--newer}, @pxref{after})
2375
2376 @opsummary{anchored}
2377 @item --anchored
2378 A pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2379 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2380
2381 @opsummary{atime-preserve}
2382 @item --atime-preserve
2383 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
2384 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
2385
2386 Attempt to preserve the access time of files when reading them. This
2387 option currently is effective only on files that you own, unless you
2388 have superuser privileges.
2389
2390 @option{--atime-preserve=replace} remembers the access time of a file
2391 before reading it, and then restores the access time afterwards. This
2392 may cause problems if other programs are reading the file at the same
2393 time, as the times of their accesses will be lost. On most platforms
2394 restoring the access time also requires @command{tar} to restore the
2395 data modification time too, so this option may also cause problems if
2396 other programs are writing the file at the same time (@command{tar} attempts
2397 to detect this situation, but cannot do so reliably due to race
2398 conditions). Worse, on most platforms restoring the access time also
2399 updates the status change time, which means that this option is
2400 incompatible with incremental backups.
2401
2402 @option{--atime-preserve=system} avoids changing time stamps on files,
2403 without interfering with time stamp updates
2404 caused by other programs, so it works better with incremental backups.
2405 However, it requires a special @code{O_NOATIME} option from the
2406 underlying operating and file system implementation, and it also requires
2407 that searching directories does not update their access times. As of
2408 this writing (November 2005) this works only with Linux, and only with
2409 Linux kernels 2.6.8 and later. Worse, there is currently no reliable
2410 way to know whether this feature actually works. Sometimes
2411 @command{tar} knows that it does not work, and if you use
2412 @option{--atime-preserve=system} then @command{tar} complains and
2413 exits right away. But other times @command{tar} might think that the
2414 option works when it actually does not.
2415
2416 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
2417 @option{--atime-preserve=replace}, but this may change in the future
2418 as support for @option{--atime-preserve=system} improves.
2419
2420 If your operating or file system does not support
2421 @option{--atime-preserve=@-system}, you might be able to preserve access
2422 times reliably by using the @command{mount} command. For example,
2423 you can mount the file system read-only, or access the file system via
2424 a read-only loopback mount, or use the @samp{noatime} mount option
2425 available on some systems. However, mounting typically requires
2426 superuser privileges and can be a pain to manage.
2427
2428 @opsummary{auto-compress}
2429 @item --auto-compress
2430 @itemx -a
2431
2432 During a @option{--create} operation, enables automatic compressed
2433 format recognition based on the archive suffix. The effect of this
2434 option is cancelled by @option{--no-auto-compress}. @xref{gzip}.
2435
2436 @opsummary{backup}
2437 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2438
2439 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2440 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2441 @var{backup-type}. @xref{backup}.
2442
2443 @opsummary{block-number}
2444 @item --block-number
2445 @itemx -R
2446
2447 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2448 with the block number in the archive file. @xref{block-number}.
2449
2450 @opsummary{blocking-factor}
2451 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2452 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2453
2454 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2455 record. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
2456
2457 @opsummary{bzip2}
2458 @item --bzip2
2459 @itemx -j
2460
2461 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2462 @code{bzip2}. @xref{gzip}.
2463
2464 @opsummary{check-device}
2465 @item --check-device
2466 Check device numbers when creating a list of modified files for
2467 incremental archiving. This is the default. @xref{device numbers},
2468 for a detailed description.
2469
2470 @opsummary{checkpoint}
2471 @item --checkpoint[=@var{number}]
2472
2473 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint
2474 messages as it reads through the archive. It is intended for when you
2475 want a visual indication that @command{tar} is still running, but
2476 don't want to see @option{--verbose} output. You can also instruct
2477 @command{tar} to execute a list of actions on each checkpoint, see
2478 @option{--checkpoint-action} below. For a detailed description, see
2479 @ref{checkpoints}.
2480
2481 @opsummary{checkpoint-action}
2482 @item --checkpoint-action=@var{action}
2483 Instruct @command{tar} to execute an action upon hitting a
2484 breakpoint. Here we give only a brief outline. @xref{checkpoints},
2485 for a complete description.
2486
2487 The @var{action} argument can be one of the following:
2488
2489 @table @asis
2490 @item bell
2491 Produce an audible bell on the console.
2492
2493 @item dot
2494 @itemx .
2495 Print a single dot on the standard listing stream.
2496
2497 @item echo
2498 Display a textual message on the standard error, with the status and
2499 number of the checkpoint. This is the default.
2500
2501 @item echo=@var{string}
2502 Display @var{string} on the standard error. Before output, the string
2503 is subject to meta-character expansion.
2504
2505 @item exec=@var{command}
2506 Execute the given @var{command}.
2507
2508 @item sleep=@var{time}
2509 Wait for @var{time} seconds.
2510
2511 @item ttyout=@var{string}
2512 Output @var{string} on the current console (@file{/dev/tty}).
2513 @end table
2514
2515 Several @option{--checkpoint-action} options can be specified. The
2516 supplied actions will be executed in order of their appearance in the
2517 command line.
2518
2519 Using @option{--checkpoint-action} without @option{--checkpoint}
2520 assumes default checkpoint frequency of one checkpoint per 10 records.
2521
2522 @opsummary{check-links}
2523 @item --check-links
2524 @itemx -l
2525 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2526 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2527 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2528 output @footnote{Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2529 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. The current semantics, which
2530 complies to UNIX98, was introduced with version
2531 1.15.91. @xref{Changes}, for more information.}.
2532
2533 @xref{hard links}.
2534
2535 @opsummary{compress}
2536 @opsummary{uncompress}
2537 @item --compress
2538 @itemx --uncompress
2539 @itemx -Z
2540
2541 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2542 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2543 while saving space. @xref{gzip}.
2544
2545 @opsummary{confirmation}
2546 @item --confirmation
2547
2548 (See @option{--interactive}.) @xref{interactive}.
2549
2550 @opsummary{delay-directory-restore}
2551 @item --delay-directory-restore
2552
2553 Delay setting modification times and permissions of extracted
2554 directories until the end of extraction. @xref{Directory Modification Times and Permissions}.
2555
2556 @opsummary{dereference}
2557 @item --dereference
2558 @itemx -h
2559
2560 When reading or writing a file to be archived, @command{tar} accesses
2561 the file that a symbolic link points to, rather than the symlink
2562 itself. @xref{dereference}.
2563
2564 @opsummary{directory}
2565 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2566 @itemx -C @var{dir}
2567
2568 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2569 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2570 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @xref{directory}.
2571
2572 @opsummary{exclude}
2573 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2574
2575 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2576 @var{pattern}. @xref{exclude}.
2577
2578 @opsummary{exclude-backups}
2579 @item --exclude-backups
2580 Exclude backup and lock files. @xref{exclude,, exclude-backups}.
2581
2582 @opsummary{exclude-from}
2583 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2584 @itemx -X @var{file}
2585
2586 Similar to @option{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2587 patterns in the file @var{file}. @xref{exclude}.
2588
2589 @opsummary{exclude-caches}
2590 @item --exclude-caches
2591
2592 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2593 tag file, but still dump the directory node and the tag file itself.
2594
2595 @xref{exclude,, exclude-caches}.
2596
2597 @opsummary{exclude-caches-under}
2598 @item --exclude-caches-under
2599
2600 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2601 tag file, but still dump the directory node itself.
2602
2603 @xref{exclude}.
2604
2605 @opsummary{exclude-caches-all}
2606 @item --exclude-caches-all
2607
2608 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2609 tag file. @xref{exclude}.
2610
2611 @opsummary{exclude-tag}
2612 @item --exclude-tag=@var{file}
2613
2614 Exclude from dump any directory containing file named @var{file}, but
2615 dump the directory node and @var{file} itself. @xref{exclude,, exclude-tag}.
2616
2617 @opsummary{exclude-tag-under}
2618 @item --exclude-tag-under=@var{file}
2619
2620 Exclude from dump the contents of any directory containing file
2621 named @var{file}, but dump the directory node itself. @xref{exclude,,
2622 exclude-tag-under}.
2623
2624 @opsummary{exclude-tag-all}
2625 @item --exclude-tag-all=@var{file}
2626
2627 Exclude from dump any directory containing file named @var{file}.
2628 @xref{exclude,,exclude-tag-all}.
2629
2630 @opsummary{exclude-vcs}
2631 @item --exclude-vcs
2632
2633 Exclude from dump directories and files, that are internal for some
2634 widely used version control systems.
2635
2636 @xref{exclude,,exclude-vcs}.
2637
2638 @opsummary{file}
2639 @item --file=@var{archive}
2640 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2641
2642 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2643 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2644 default. @xref{file tutorial}.
2645
2646 @opsummary{files-from}
2647 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2648 @itemx -T @var{file}
2649
2650 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2651 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2652 command-line. @xref{files}.
2653
2654 @opsummary{force-local}
2655 @item --force-local
2656
2657 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the file name given to @option{--file}
2658 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2659 @xref{local and remote archives}.
2660
2661 @opsummary{format}
2662 @item --format=@var{format}
2663 @itemx -H @var{format}
2664
2665 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2666 following:
2667
2668 @table @samp
2669 @item v7
2670 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2671
2672 @item oldgnu
2673 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2674 1.12 or earlier.
2675
2676 @item gnu
2677 Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format. Basically it is the same as
2678 @samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2679 numeric fields.
2680
2681 @item ustar
2682 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} compatible archive.
2683
2684 @item posix
2685 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-2001 archive}.
2686
2687 @end table
2688
2689 @xref{Formats}, for a detailed discussion of these formats.
2690
2691 @opsummary{full-time}
2692 @item --full-time
2693 This option instructs @command{tar} to print file times to their full
2694 resolution. Usually this means 1-second resolution, but that depends
2695 on the underlying file system. The @option{--full-time} option takes
2696 effect only when detailed output (verbosity level 2 or higher) has
2697 been requested using the @option{--verbose} option, e.g., when listing
2698 or extracting archives:
2699
2700 @smallexample
2701 $ @kbd{tar -t -v --full-time -f archive.tar}
2702 @end smallexample
2703
2704 @noindent
2705 or, when creating an archive:
2706
2707 @smallexample
2708 $ @kbd{tar -c -vv --full-time -f archive.tar .}
2709 @end smallexample
2710
2711 Notice, thar when creating the archive you need to specify
2712 @option{--verbose} twice to get a detailed output (@pxref{verbose
2713 tutorial}).
2714
2715 @opsummary{group}
2716 @item --group=@var{group}
2717
2718 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group @acronym{ID} of @var{group},
2719 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} can specify a
2720 symbolic name, or a numeric @acronym{ID}, or both as
2721 @var{name}:@var{id}. @xref{override}.
2722
2723 Also see the comments for the @option{--owner=@var{user}} option.
2724
2725 @opsummary{gzip}
2726 @opsummary{gunzip}
2727 @opsummary{ungzip}
2728 @item --gzip
2729 @itemx --gunzip
2730 @itemx --ungzip
2731 @itemx -z
2732
2733 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2734 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2735 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @xref{gzip}.
2736
2737 @opsummary{hard-dereference}
2738 @item --hard-dereference
2739 When creating an archive, dereference hard links and store the files
2740 they refer to, instead of creating usual hard link members.
2741
2742 @xref{hard links}.
2743
2744 @opsummary{help}
2745 @item --help
2746 @itemx -?
2747
2748 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2749 options to @command{tar} and exit. @xref{help}.
2750
2751 @opsummary{ignore-case}
2752 @item --ignore-case
2753 Ignore case when matching member or file names with
2754 patterns. @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2755
2756 @opsummary{ignore-command-error}
2757 @item --ignore-command-error
2758 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2759
2760 @opsummary{ignore-failed-read}
2761 @item --ignore-failed-read
2762
2763 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2764 @xref{Ignore Failed Read}.
2765
2766 @opsummary{ignore-zeros}
2767 @item --ignore-zeros
2768 @itemx -i
2769
2770 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2771 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2772
2773 @opsummary{incremental}
2774 @item --incremental
2775 @itemx -G
2776
2777 Informs @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2778 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2779 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
2780 for a detailed discussion of incremental archives.
2781
2782 @opsummary{index-file}
2783 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2784
2785 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2786
2787 @opsummary{info-script}
2788 @opsummary{new-volume-script}
2789 @item --info-script=@var{command}
2790 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{command}
2791 @itemx -F @var{command}
2792
2793 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{command} is run
2794 at the end of each tape. If it exits with nonzero status,
2795 @command{tar} fails immediately. @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
2796 discussion of this feature.
2797
2798 @opsummary{interactive}
2799 @item --interactive
2800 @itemx --confirmation
2801 @itemx -w
2802
2803 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2804 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2805 @xref{interactive}.
2806
2807 @opsummary{--keep-directory-symlink}
2808 @item --keep-directory-symlink
2809
2810 This option changes the behavior of tar when it encounters a symlink
2811 with the same name as the directory that it is about to extract. By
2812 default, in this case tar would first remove the symlink and then
2813 proceed extracting the directory.
2814
2815 The @option{--keep-directory-symlink} option disables this behavior
2816 and instructs tar to follow symlinks to directories when extracting
2817 from the archive.
2818
2819 It is mainly intended to provide compatibility with the Slackware
2820 installation scripts.
2821
2822 @opsummary{keep-newer-files}
2823 @item --keep-newer-files
2824
2825 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive copies
2826 when extracting files from an archive.
2827
2828 @opsummary{keep-old-files}
2829 @item --keep-old-files
2830 @itemx -k
2831
2832 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an
2833 archive. Return error if such files exist. See also
2834 @ref{--skip-old-files}.
2835
2836 @xref{Keep Old Files}.
2837
2838 @opsummary{label}
2839 @item --label=@var{name}
2840 @itemx -V @var{name}
2841
2842 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2843 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2844 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2845 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @xref{Tape Files}.
2846
2847 @opsummary{level}
2848 @item --level=@var{n}
2849 Force incremental backup of level @var{n}. As of @GNUTAR version
2850 @value{VERSION}, the option @option{--level=0} truncates the snapshot
2851 file, thereby forcing the level 0 dump. Other values of @var{n} are
2852 effectively ignored. @xref{--level=0}, for details and examples.
2853
2854 The use of this option is valid only in conjunction with the
2855 @option{--listed-incremental} option. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
2856 for a detailed description.
2857
2858 @opsummary{listed-incremental}
2859 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2860 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2861
2862 During a @option{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2863 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2864 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2865 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2866 incremental format. @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
2867
2868 @opsummary{lzip}
2869 @item --lzip
2870
2871 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2872 @command{lzip}. @xref{gzip}.
2873
2874 @opsummary{lzma}
2875 @item --lzma
2876
2877 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2878 @command{lzma}. @xref{gzip}.
2879
2880 @item --lzop
2881
2882 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2883 @command{lzop}. @xref{gzip}.
2884
2885 @opsummary{mode}
2886 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2887
2888 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2889 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2890 from the files. @var{permissions} can be specified either as an octal
2891 number or as symbolic permissions, like with
2892 @command{chmod}. @xref{override}.
2893
2894 @opsummary{mtime}
2895 @item --mtime=@var{date}
2896
2897 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use @var{date} as
2898 the modification time of members when creating archives, instead of
2899 their actual modification times. The value of @var{date} can be
2900 either a textual date representation (@pxref{Date input formats}) or a
2901 name of the existing file, starting with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the
2902 latter case, the modification time of that file is used. @xref{override}.
2903
2904 @opsummary{multi-volume}
2905 @item --multi-volume
2906 @itemx -M
2907
2908 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2909 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}.
2910
2911 @opsummary{new-volume-script}
2912 @item --new-volume-script
2913
2914 (see @option{--info-script})
2915
2916 @opsummary{newer}
2917 @item --newer=@var{date}
2918 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2919 @itemx -N
2920
2921 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2922 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2923 is taken to be the name of a file whose data modification time specifies
2924 the date. @xref{after}.
2925
2926 @opsummary{newer-mtime}
2927 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2928
2929 Like @option{--newer}, but add only files whose
2930 contents have changed (as opposed to just @option{--newer}, which will
2931 also back up files for which any status information has
2932 changed). @xref{after}.
2933
2934 @opsummary{no-anchored}
2935 @item --no-anchored
2936 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2937 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2938
2939 @opsummary{no-auto-compress}
2940 @item --no-auto-compress
2941
2942 Disables automatic compressed format recognition based on the archive
2943 suffix. @xref{--auto-compress}. @xref{gzip}.
2944
2945 @opsummary{no-check-device}
2946 @item --no-check-device
2947 Do not check device numbers when creating a list of modified files
2948 for incremental archiving. @xref{device numbers}, for
2949 a detailed description.
2950
2951 @opsummary{no-delay-directory-restore}
2952 @item --no-delay-directory-restore
2953
2954 Modification times and permissions of extracted
2955 directories are set when all files from this directory have been
2956 extracted. This is the default.
2957 @xref{Directory Modification Times and Permissions}.
2958
2959 @opsummary{no-ignore-case}
2960 @item --no-ignore-case
2961 Use case-sensitive matching.
2962 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2963
2964 @opsummary{no-ignore-command-error}
2965 @item --no-ignore-command-error
2966 Print warnings about subprocesses that terminated with a nonzero exit
2967 code. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2968
2969 @opsummary{no-null}
2970 @item --no-null
2971
2972 If the @option{--null} option was given previously, this option
2973 cancels its effect, so that any following @option{--files-from}
2974 options will expect their file lists to be newline-terminated.
2975
2976 @opsummary{no-overwrite-dir}
2977 @item --no-overwrite-dir
2978
2979 Preserve metadata of existing directories when extracting files
2980 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2981
2982 @opsummary{no-quote-chars}
2983 @item --no-quote-chars=@var{string}
2984 Remove characters listed in @var{string} from the list of quoted
2985 characters set by the previous @option{--quote-chars} option
2986 (@pxref{quoting styles}).
2987
2988 @opsummary{no-recursion}
2989 @item --no-recursion
2990
2991 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
2992 @xref{recurse}.
2993
2994 @opsummary{no-same-owner}
2995 @item --no-same-owner
2996 @itemx -o
2997
2998 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
2999 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
3000 for ordinary users.
3001
3002 @opsummary{no-same-permissions}
3003 @item --no-same-permissions
3004
3005 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
3006 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
3007 for ordinary users.
3008
3009 @opsummary{no-seek}
3010 @item --no-seek
3011
3012 The archive media does not support seeks to arbitrary
3013 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
3014 the archive can be seeked or not. Use this option to disable this
3015 mechanism.
3016
3017 @opsummary{no-unquote}
3018 @item --no-unquote
3019 Treat all input file or member names literally, do not interpret
3020 escape sequences. @xref{input name quoting}.
3021
3022 @opsummary{no-wildcards}
3023 @item --no-wildcards
3024 Do not use wildcards.
3025 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3026
3027 @opsummary{no-wildcards-match-slash}
3028 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
3029 Wildcards do not match @samp{/}.
3030 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3031
3032 @opsummary{null}
3033 @item --null
3034
3035 When @command{tar} is using the @option{--files-from} option, this option
3036 instructs @command{tar} to expect file names terminated with @acronym{NUL}, so
3037 @command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
3038 @xref{nul}.
3039
3040 @opsummary{numeric-owner}
3041 @item --numeric-owner
3042
3043 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
3044 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
3045 @xref{Attributes}.
3046
3047 @item -o
3048 The function of this option depends on the action @command{tar} is
3049 performing. When extracting files, @option{-o} is a synonym for
3050 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e., it prevents @command{tar} from
3051 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
3052
3053 When creating an archive, it is a synonym for
3054 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
3055 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
3056 removed in future releases.
3057
3058 @xref{Changes}, for more information.
3059
3060 @opsummary{occurrence}
3061 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
3062
3063 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
3064 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
3065 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
3066 line or via @option{-T} option.
3067
3068 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
3069 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
3070
3071 @smallexample
3072 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
3073 @end smallexample
3074
3075 @noindent
3076 will extract the first occurrence of the member @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
3077 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
3078
3079 @opsummary{old-archive}
3080 @item --old-archive
3081 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
3082
3083 @opsummary{one-file-system}
3084 @item --one-file-system
3085 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
3086 directories that are on different file systems from the current
3087 directory.
3088
3089 @opsummary{one-top-level}
3090 @item --one-top-level[=@var{dir}]
3091 Tells @command{tar} to create a new directory beneath the extraction directory
3092 (or the one passed to @option{-C}) and use it to guard against
3093 tarbombs. In the absence of @var{dir} argument, the name of the new directory
3094 will be equal to the base name of the archive (file name minus the
3095 archive suffix, if recognized). Any member names that do not begin
3096 with that directory name (after
3097 transformations from @option{--transform} and
3098 @option{--strip-components}) will be prefixed with it. Recognized
3099 file name suffixes are @samp{.tar}, and any compression suffixes
3100 recognizable by @xref{--auto-compress}.
3101
3102 @opsummary{overwrite}
3103 @item --overwrite
3104
3105 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
3106 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
3107
3108 @opsummary{overwrite-dir}
3109 @item --overwrite-dir
3110
3111 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
3112 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
3113
3114 @opsummary{owner}
3115 @item --owner=@var{user}
3116
3117 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
3118 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
3119 file. @var{user} can specify a symbolic name, or a numeric
3120 @acronym{ID}, or both as @var{name}:@var{id}.
3121 @xref{override}.
3122
3123 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
3124
3125 @opsummary{pax-option}
3126 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
3127 This option enables creation of the archive in @acronym{POSIX.1-2001}
3128 format (@pxref{posix}) and modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
3129 extended header keywords. @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
3130 list of keyword options. @xref{PAX keywords}, for a detailed
3131 discussion.
3132
3133 @opsummary{portability}
3134 @item --portability
3135 @itemx --old-archive
3136 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
3137
3138 @opsummary{posix}
3139 @item --posix
3140 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
3141
3142 @opsummary{preserve}
3143 @item --preserve
3144
3145 Synonymous with specifying both @option{--preserve-permissions} and
3146 @option{--same-order}. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
3147
3148 @opsummary{preserve-order}
3149 @item --preserve-order
3150
3151 (See @option{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
3152
3153 @opsummary{preserve-permissions}
3154 @opsummary{same-permissions}
3155 @item --preserve-permissions
3156 @itemx --same-permissions
3157 @itemx -p
3158
3159 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
3160 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
3161 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
3162 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
3163 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
3164
3165 @opsummary{quote-chars}
3166 @item --quote-chars=@var{string}
3167 Always quote characters from @var{string}, even if the selected
3168 quoting style would not quote them (@pxref{quoting styles}).
3169
3170 @opsummary{quoting-style}
3171 @item --quoting-style=@var{style}
3172 Set quoting style to use when printing member and file names
3173 (@pxref{quoting styles}). Valid @var{style} values are:
3174 @code{literal}, @code{shell}, @code{shell-always}, @code{c},
3175 @code{escape}, @code{locale}, and @code{clocale}. Default quoting
3176 style is @code{escape}, unless overridden while configuring the
3177 package.
3178
3179 @opsummary{read-full-records}
3180 @item --read-full-records
3181 @itemx -B
3182
3183 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
3184 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
3185
3186 @opsummary{record-size}
3187 @item --record-size=@var{size}[@var{suf}]
3188
3189 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
3190 archive. The argument can be suffixed with a @dfn{size suffix}, e.g.
3191 @option{--record-size=10K} for 10 Kilobytes. @xref{size-suffixes},
3192 for a list of valid suffixes. @xref{Blocking Factor}, for a detailed
3193 description of this option.
3194
3195 @opsummary{recursion}
3196 @item --recursion
3197
3198 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories (default).
3199 @xref{recurse}.
3200
3201 @opsummary{recursive-unlink}
3202 @item --recursive-unlink
3203
3204 Remove existing
3205 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
3206 from the archive. @xref{Recursive Unlink}.
3207
3208 @opsummary{remove-files}
3209 @item --remove-files
3210
3211 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
3212 appending it to an archive. @xref{remove files}.
3213
3214 @opsummary{restrict}
3215 @item --restrict
3216
3217 Disable use of some potentially harmful @command{tar} options.
3218 Currently this option disables shell invocation from multi-volume menu
3219 (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}).
3220
3221 @opsummary{rmt-command}
3222 @item --rmt-command=@var{cmd}
3223
3224 Notifies @command{tar} that it should use @var{cmd} instead of
3225 the default @file{/usr/libexec/rmt} (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
3226
3227 @opsummary{rsh-command}
3228 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
3229
3230 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
3231 devices. @xref{Device}.
3232
3233 @opsummary{same-order}
3234 @item --same-order
3235 @itemx --preserve-order
3236 @itemx -s
3237
3238 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
3239 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
3240 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
3241 archive. @xref{Reading}.
3242
3243 @opsummary{same-owner}
3244 @item --same-owner
3245
3246 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
3247 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
3248 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
3249 effect only for ordinary users. @xref{Attributes}.
3250
3251 @opsummary{same-permissions}
3252 @item --same-permissions
3253
3254 (See @option{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Setting Access Permissions}.)
3255
3256 @opsummary{seek}
3257 @item --seek
3258 @itemx -n
3259
3260 Assume that the archive media supports seeks to arbitrary
3261 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
3262 the archive can be seeked or not. This option is intended for use
3263 in cases when such recognition fails. It takes effect only if the
3264 archive is open for reading (e.g. with @option{--list} or
3265 @option{--extract} options).
3266
3267 @opsummary{show-defaults}
3268 @item --show-defaults
3269
3270 Displays the default options used by @command{tar} and exits
3271 successfully. This option is intended for use in shell scripts.
3272 Here is an example of what you can see using this option:
3273
3274 @smallexample
3275 $ @kbd{tar --show-defaults}
3276 --format=gnu -f- -b20 --quoting-style=escape
3277 --rmt-command=/usr/libexec/rmt --rsh-command=/usr/bin/rsh
3278 @end smallexample
3279
3280 @noindent
3281 Notice, that this option outputs only one line. The example output
3282 above has been split to fit page boundaries. @xref{defaults}.
3283
3284 @opsummary{show-omitted-dirs}
3285 @item --show-omitted-dirs
3286
3287 Instructs @command{tar} to mention the directories it is skipping when
3288 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @xref{show-omitted-dirs}.
3289
3290 @opsummary{show-snapshot-field-ranges}
3291 @item --show-snapshot-field-ranges
3292
3293 Displays the range of values allowed by this version of @command{tar}
3294 for each field in the snapshot file, then exits successfully.
3295 @xref{Snapshot Files}.
3296
3297 @opsummary{show-transformed-names}
3298 @opsummary{show-stored-names}
3299 @item --show-transformed-names
3300 @itemx --show-stored-names
3301
3302 Display file or member names after applying any transformations
3303 (@pxref{transform}). In particular, when used in conjunction with one of
3304 the archive creation operations it instructs @command{tar} to list the
3305 member names stored in the archive, as opposed to the actual file
3306 names. @xref{listing member and file names}.
3307
3308 @opsummary{skip-old-files}
3309 @item --skip-old-files
3310
3311 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an
3312 archive. @xref{Keep Old Files}.
3313
3314 This option differs from @option{--keep-old-files} in that it does not
3315 treat such files as an error, instead it just silently avoids
3316 overwriting them.
3317
3318 The @option{--warning=existing-file} option can be used together with
3319 this option to produce warning messages about existing old files
3320 (@pxref{warnings}).
3321
3322 @opsummary{sparse}
3323 @item --sparse
3324 @itemx -S
3325
3326 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
3327 sparse files efficiently. @xref{sparse}.
3328
3329 @opsummary{sparse-version}
3330 @item --sparse-version=@var{version}
3331
3332 Specifies the @dfn{format version} to use when archiving sparse
3333 files. Implies @option{--sparse}. @xref{sparse}. For the description
3334 of the supported sparse formats, @xref{Sparse Formats}.
3335
3336 @opsummary{starting-file}
3337 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
3338 @itemx -K @var{name}
3339
3340 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
3341 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
3342 @xref{Scarce}.
3343
3344 @opsummary{strip-components}
3345 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
3346 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
3347 extraction. For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
3348 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
3349
3350 @smallexample
3351 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-components=2
3352 @end smallexample
3353
3354 @noindent
3355 would extract this file to file @file{name}.
3356
3357 @opsummary{suffix}
3358 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
3359
3360 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
3361 @samp{~}. @xref{backup}.
3362
3363 @opsummary{tape-length}
3364 @item --tape-length=@var{num}[@var{suf}]
3365 @itemx -L @var{num}[@var{suf}]
3366
3367 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
3368 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. If optional @var{suf} is given, it
3369 specifies a multiplicative factor to be used instead of 1024. For
3370 example, @samp{-L2M} means 2 megabytes. @xref{size-suffixes}, for a
3371 list of allowed suffixes. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}, for a detailed
3372 discussion of this option.
3373
3374 @opsummary{test-label}
3375 @item --test-label
3376
3377 Reads the volume label. If an argument is specified, test whether it
3378 matches the volume label. @xref{--test-label option}.
3379
3380 @opsummary{to-command}
3381 @item --to-command=@var{command}
3382
3383 During extraction @command{tar} will pipe extracted files to the
3384 standard input of @var{command}. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
3385
3386 @opsummary{to-stdout}
3387 @item --to-stdout
3388 @itemx -O
3389
3390 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
3391 than to the file system. @xref{Writing to Standard Output}.
3392
3393 @opsummary{totals}
3394 @item --totals[=@var{signo}]
3395
3396 Displays the total number of bytes transferred when processing an
3397 archive. If an argument is given, these data are displayed on
3398 request, when signal @var{signo} is delivered to @command{tar}.
3399 @xref{totals}.
3400
3401 @opsummary{touch}
3402 @item --touch
3403 @itemx -m
3404
3405 Sets the data modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
3406 rather than the data modification time stored in the archive.
3407 @xref{Data Modification Times}.
3408
3409 @opsummary{transform}
3410 @opsummary{xform}
3411 @item --transform=@var{sed-expr}
3412 @itemx --xform=@var{sed-expr}
3413 Transform file or member names using @command{sed} replacement expression
3414 @var{sed-expr}. For example,
3415
3416 @smallexample
3417 $ @kbd{tar cf archive.tar --transform 's,^\./,usr/,' .}
3418 @end smallexample
3419
3420 @noindent
3421 will add to @file{archive} files from the current working directory,
3422 replacing initial @samp{./} prefix with @samp{usr/}. For the detailed
3423 discussion, @xref{transform}.
3424
3425 To see transformed member names in verbose listings, use
3426 @option{--show-transformed-names} option
3427 (@pxref{show-transformed-names}).
3428
3429 @opsummary{uncompress}
3430 @item --uncompress
3431
3432 (See @option{--compress}, @pxref{gzip})
3433
3434 @opsummary{ungzip}
3435 @item --ungzip
3436
3437 (See @option{--gzip}, @pxref{gzip})
3438
3439 @opsummary{unlink-first}
3440 @item --unlink-first
3441 @itemx -U
3442
3443 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
3444 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Unlink First}.
3445
3446 @opsummary{unquote}
3447 @item --unquote
3448 Enable unquoting input file or member names (default). @xref{input
3449 name quoting}.
3450
3451 @opsummary{use-compress-program}
3452 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
3453 @itemx -I=@var{prog}
3454
3455 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
3456 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @xref{gzip}.
3457
3458 @opsummary{utc}
3459 @item --utc
3460
3461 Display file modification dates in @acronym{UTC}. This option implies
3462 @option{--verbose}.
3463
3464 @opsummary{verbose}
3465 @item --verbose
3466 @itemx -v
3467
3468 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the
3469 operations it is performing. This option can be specified multiple
3470 times for some operations to increase the amount of information displayed.
3471 @xref{verbose}.
3472
3473 @opsummary{verify}
3474 @item --verify
3475 @itemx -W
3476
3477 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
3478 archive. @xref{verify}.
3479
3480 @opsummary{version}
3481 @item --version
3482
3483 Print information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
3484 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
3485 @xref{help}.
3486
3487 @opsummary{volno-file}
3488 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
3489
3490 Used in conjunction with @option{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will
3491 keep track of which volume of a multi-volume archive it is working in
3492 @var{file}. @xref{volno-file}.
3493
3494 @opsummary{warning}
3495 @item --warning=@var{keyword}
3496
3497 Enable or disable warning messages identified by @var{keyword}. The
3498 messages are suppressed if @var{keyword} is prefixed with @samp{no-}.
3499 @xref{warnings}.
3500
3501 @opsummary{wildcards}
3502 @item --wildcards
3503 Use wildcards when matching member names with patterns.
3504 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3505
3506 @opsummary{wildcards-match-slash}
3507 @item --wildcards-match-slash
3508 Wildcards match @samp{/}.
3509 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3510
3511 @opsummary{xz}
3512 @item --xz
3513 @itemx -J
3514 Use @command{xz} for compressing or decompressing the archives. @xref{gzip}.
3515
3516 @end table
3517
3518 @node Short Option Summary
3519 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
3520
3521 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
3522 them with the equivalent long option.
3523
3524 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.80
3525 @headitem Short Option @tab Reference
3526
3527 @item -A @tab @ref{--concatenate}.
3528
3529 @item -B @tab @ref{--read-full-records}.
3530
3531 @item -C @tab @ref{--directory}.
3532
3533 @item -F @tab @ref{--info-script}.
3534
3535 @item -G @tab @ref{--incremental}.
3536
3537 @item -J @tab @ref{--xz}.
3538
3539 @item -K @tab @ref{--starting-file}.
3540
3541 @item -L @tab @ref{--tape-length}.
3542
3543 @item -M @tab @ref{--multi-volume}.
3544
3545 @item -N @tab @ref{--newer}.
3546
3547 @item -O @tab @ref{--to-stdout}.
3548
3549 @item -P @tab @ref{--absolute-names}.
3550
3551 @item -R @tab @ref{--block-number}.
3552
3553 @item -S @tab @ref{--sparse}.
3554
3555 @item -T @tab @ref{--files-from}.
3556
3557 @item -U @tab @ref{--unlink-first}.
3558
3559 @item -V @tab @ref{--label}.
3560
3561 @item -W @tab @ref{--verify}.
3562
3563 @item -X @tab @ref{--exclude-from}.
3564
3565 @item -Z @tab @ref{--compress}.
3566
3567 @item -b @tab @ref{--blocking-factor}.
3568
3569 @item -c @tab @ref{--create}.
3570
3571 @item -d @tab @ref{--compare}.
3572
3573 @item -f @tab @ref{--file}.
3574
3575 @item -g @tab @ref{--listed-incremental}.
3576
3577 @item -h @tab @ref{--dereference}.
3578
3579 @item -i @tab @ref{--ignore-zeros}.
3580
3581 @item -j @tab @ref{--bzip2}.
3582
3583 @item -k @tab @ref{--keep-old-files}.
3584
3585 @item -l @tab @ref{--check-links}.
3586
3587 @item -m @tab @ref{--touch}.
3588
3589 @item -o @tab When creating, @ref{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3590 @ref{--portability}.
3591
3592 The latter usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3593 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In future releases
3594 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @option{--no-same-owner} only.
3595
3596 @item -p @tab @ref{--preserve-permissions}.
3597
3598 @item -r @tab @ref{--append}.
3599
3600 @item -s @tab @ref{--same-order}.
3601
3602 @item -t @tab @ref{--list}.
3603
3604 @item -u @tab @ref{--update}.
3605
3606 @item -v @tab @ref{--verbose}.
3607
3608 @item -w @tab @ref{--interactive}.
3609
3610 @item -x @tab @ref{--extract}.
3611
3612 @item -z @tab @ref{--gzip}.
3613
3614 @end multitable
3615
3616 @node help
3617 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3618
3619 @cindex Getting program version number
3620 @opindex version
3621 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3622 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3623 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @option{--version} option
3624 causes @command{tar} to print information about its name, version,
3625 origin and legal status, all on standard output, and then exit
3626 successfully. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might print:
3627
3628 @smallexample
3629 tar (GNU tar) @value{VERSION}
3630 Copyright (C) 2013-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3631 License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.
3632 This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
3633 There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
3634
3635 Written by John Gilmore and Jay Fenlason.
3636 @end smallexample
3637
3638 @noindent
3639 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3640 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3641 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3642 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3643 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3644 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3645 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3646 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3647 @option{--version} would not output @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3648 paxutils) 3.2}}.}.
3649
3650 @cindex Obtaining help
3651 @cindex Listing all @command{tar} options
3652 @xopindex{help, introduction}
3653 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3654 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3655 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3656 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3657 @option{--help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3658 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3659 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3660 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3661 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3662 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3663
3664 @smallexample
3665 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3666 @end smallexample
3667
3668 @noindent
3669 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3670 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3671 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3672 @option{--help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3673
3674 @smallexample
3675 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3676 @end smallexample
3677
3678 @noindent
3679 for getting only the pertinent lines. Notice, however, that some
3680 @command{tar} options have long description lines and the above
3681 command will list only the first of them.
3682
3683 The exact look of the option summary displayed by @kbd{tar --help} is
3684 configurable. @xref{Configuring Help Summary}, for a detailed description.
3685
3686 @opindex usage
3687 If you only wish to check the spelling of an option, running @kbd{tar
3688 --usage} may be a better choice. This will display a terse list of
3689 @command{tar} options without accompanying explanations.
3690
3691 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3692 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3693 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3694 form. This manual is available in a variety of forms from
3695 @url{http://www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual}. It may be printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3696 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3697 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3698 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3699 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3700 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3701 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3702 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3703 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3704 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3705
3706 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3707 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3708 either it does not belong to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3709 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Some package maintainers convert
3710 @kbd{tar --help} output to a man page, using @command{help2man}. In
3711 any case, please bear in mind that the authoritative source of
3712 information about @GNUTAR{} is this Texinfo documentation.
3713
3714 @node defaults
3715 @section Obtaining @GNUTAR{} default values
3716
3717 @opindex show-defaults
3718 @GNUTAR{} has some predefined defaults that are used when you do not
3719 explicitly specify another values. To obtain a list of such
3720 defaults, use @option{--show-defaults} option. This will output the
3721 values in the form of @command{tar} command line options:
3722
3723 @smallexample
3724 @group
3725 $ @kbd{tar --show-defaults}
3726 --format=gnu -f- -b20 --quoting-style=escape
3727 --rmt-command=/etc/rmt --rsh-command=/usr/bin/rsh
3728 @end group
3729 @end smallexample
3730
3731 @noindent
3732 Notice, that this option outputs only one line. The example output above
3733 has been split to fit page boundaries.
3734
3735 @noindent
3736 The above output shows that this version of @GNUTAR{} defaults to
3737 using @samp{gnu} archive format (@pxref{Formats}), it uses standard
3738 output as the archive, if no @option{--file} option has been given
3739 (@pxref{file tutorial}), the default blocking factor is 20
3740 (@pxref{Blocking Factor}). It also shows the default locations where
3741 @command{tar} will look for @command{rmt} and @command{rsh} binaries.
3742
3743 @node verbose
3744 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3745
3746 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3747 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3748 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3749 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3750 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3751 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3752 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3753 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3754 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3755 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3756 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3757 helpful diagnostic tools.
3758
3759 @cindex Verbose operation
3760 @opindex verbose
3761 Normally, the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) command to list an archive
3762 prints just the file names (one per line) and the other commands are
3763 silent. When used with most operations, the @option{--verbose}
3764 (@option{-v}) option causes @command{tar} to print the name of each
3765 file or archive member as it is processed. This and the other options
3766 which make @command{tar} print status information can be useful in
3767 monitoring @command{tar}.
3768
3769 With @option{--create} or @option{--extract}, @option{--verbose} used
3770 once just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3771 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing
3772 (@xref{verbose member listing}, for the description) for each member.
3773 Since @option{--list} already prints the names of the members,
3774 @option{--verbose} used once with @option{--list} causes @command{tar}
3775 to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files in the archive.
3776 The following examples both extract members with long list output:
3777
3778 @smallexample
3779 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3780 $ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3781 @end smallexample
3782
3783 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3784 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3785 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cvf -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3786 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3787 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3788
3789 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3790 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3791 error.
3792
3793 @anchor{totals}
3794 @cindex Obtaining total status information
3795 @opindex totals
3796 The @option{--totals} option causes @command{tar} to print on the
3797 standard error the total amount of bytes transferred when processing
3798 an archive. When creating or appending to an archive, this option
3799 prints the number of bytes written to the archive and the average
3800 speed at which they have been written, e.g.:
3801
3802 @smallexample
3803 @group
3804 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --totals /home}
3805 Total bytes written: 7924664320 (7.4GiB, 85MiB/s)
3806 @end group
3807 @end smallexample
3808
3809 When reading an archive, this option displays the number of bytes
3810 read:
3811
3812 @smallexample
3813 @group
3814 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar --totals}
3815 Total bytes read: 7924664320 (7.4GiB, 95MiB/s)
3816 @end group
3817 @end smallexample
3818
3819 Finally, when deleting from an archive, the @option{--totals} option
3820 displays both numbers plus number of bytes removed from the archive:
3821
3822 @smallexample
3823 @group
3824 $ @kbd{tar --delete -f foo.tar --totals --wildcards '*~'}
3825 Total bytes read: 9543680 (9.2MiB, 201MiB/s)
3826 Total bytes written: 3829760 (3.7MiB, 81MiB/s)
3827 Total bytes deleted: 1474048
3828 @end group
3829 @end smallexample
3830
3831 You can also obtain this information on request. When
3832 @option{--totals} is used with an argument, this argument is
3833 interpreted as a symbolic name of a signal, upon delivery of which the
3834 statistics is to be printed:
3835
3836 @table @option
3837 @item --totals=@var{signo}
3838 Print statistics upon delivery of signal @var{signo}. Valid arguments
3839 are: @code{SIGHUP}, @code{SIGQUIT}, @code{SIGINT}, @code{SIGUSR1} and
3840 @code{SIGUSR2}. Shortened names without @samp{SIG} prefix are also
3841 accepted.
3842 @end table
3843
3844 Both forms of @option{--totals} option can be used simultaneously.
3845 Thus, @kbd{tar -x --totals --totals=USR1} instructs @command{tar} to
3846 extract all members from its default archive and print statistics
3847 after finishing the extraction, as well as when receiving signal
3848 @code{SIGUSR1}.
3849
3850 @anchor{Progress information}
3851 @cindex Progress information
3852 The @option{--checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3853 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. It is designed for
3854 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3855 @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}), but do want visual confirmation
3856 that @command{tar} is actually making forward progress. By default it
3857 prints a message each 10 records read or written. This can be changed
3858 by giving it a numeric argument after an equal sign:
3859
3860 @smallexample
3861 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000} /var
3862 tar: Write checkpoint 1000
3863 tar: Write checkpoint 2000
3864 tar: Write checkpoint 3000
3865 @end smallexample
3866
3867 This example shows the default checkpoint message used by
3868 @command{tar}. If you place a dot immediately after the equal
3869 sign, it will print a @samp{.} at each checkpoint@footnote{This is
3870 actually a shortcut for @option{--checkpoint=@var{n}
3871 --checkpoint-action=dot}. @xref{checkpoints, dot}.}. For example:
3872
3873 @smallexample
3874 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=.1000} /var
3875 ...
3876 @end smallexample
3877
3878 The @option{--checkpoint} option provides a flexible mechanism for
3879 executing arbitrary actions upon hitting checkpoints, see the next
3880 section (@pxref{checkpoints}), for more information on it.
3881
3882 @opindex show-omitted-dirs
3883 @anchor{show-omitted-dirs}
3884 The @option{--show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3885 @option{--list} or @option{--extract}, for example---causes a message
3886 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3887 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3888 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3889 it might be excluded by the use of the
3890 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} option, or some other reason.
3891
3892 @opindex block-number
3893 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3894 @anchor{block-number}
3895 If @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}) is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3896 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3897 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3898 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3899 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive is properly terminated
3900 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3901 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3902 @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}) is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3903 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3904 archive from a pipe.
3905
3906 @cindex Error message, block number of
3907 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3908 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3909 @option{--list} (@option{-t}) when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3910 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3911 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3912 front of the tape). @xref{backup}.
3913
3914 @node checkpoints
3915 @section Checkpoints
3916 @cindex checkpoints, defined
3917 @opindex checkpoint
3918 @opindex checkpoint-action
3919
3920 A @dfn{checkpoint} is a moment of time before writing @var{n}th record to
3921 the archive (a @dfn{write checkpoint}), or before reading @var{n}th record
3922 from the archive (a @dfn{read checkpoint}). Checkpoints allow to
3923 periodically execute arbitrary actions.
3924
3925 The checkpoint facility is enabled using the following option:
3926
3927 @table @option
3928 @xopindex{checkpoint, defined}
3929 @item --checkpoint[=@var{n}]
3930 Schedule checkpoints before writing or reading each @var{n}th record.
3931 The default value for @var{n} is 10.
3932 @end table
3933
3934 A list of arbitrary @dfn{actions} can be executed at each checkpoint.
3935 These actions include: pausing, displaying textual messages, and
3936 executing arbitrary external programs. Actions are defined using
3937 the @option{--checkpoint-action} option.
3938
3939 @table @option
3940 @xopindex{checkpoint-action, defined}
3941 @item --checkpoint-action=@var{action}
3942 Execute an @var{action} at each checkpoint.
3943 @end table
3944
3945 @cindex @code{echo}, checkpoint action
3946 The simplest value of @var{action} is @samp{echo}. It instructs
3947 @command{tar} to display the default message on the standard error
3948 stream upon arriving at each checkpoint. The default message is (in
3949 @acronym{POSIX} locale) @samp{Write checkpoint @var{n}}, for write
3950 checkpoints, and @samp{Read checkpoint @var{n}}, for read checkpoints.
3951 Here, @var{n} represents ordinal number of the checkpoint.
3952
3953 In another locales, translated versions of this message are used.
3954
3955 This is the default action, so running:
3956
3957 @smallexample
3958 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=echo} /var
3959 @end smallexample
3960
3961 @noindent
3962 is equivalent to:
3963
3964 @smallexample
3965 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000} /var
3966 @end smallexample
3967
3968 The @samp{echo} action also allows to supply a customized message.
3969 You do so by placing an equals sign and the message right after it,
3970 e.g.:
3971
3972 @smallexample
3973 --checkpoint-action="echo=Hit %s checkpoint #%u"
3974 @end smallexample
3975
3976 The @samp{%s} and @samp{%u} in the above example are
3977 @dfn{format specifiers}. The @samp{%s} specifier is replaced with
3978 the @dfn{type} of the checkpoint: @samp{write} or
3979 @samp{read} (or a corresponding translated version in locales other
3980 than @acronym{POSIX}). The @samp{%u} specifier is replaced with
3981 the ordinal number of the checkpoint. Thus, the above example could
3982 produce the following output when used with the @option{--create}
3983 option:
3984
3985 @smallexample
3986 tar: Hit write checkpoint #10
3987 tar: Hit write checkpoint #20
3988 tar: Hit write checkpoint #30
3989 @end smallexample
3990
3991 The complete list of available format specifiers follows. Some of
3992 them can take optional arguments. These arguments, if given, are
3993 supplied in curly braces between the percent sign and the specifier
3994 letter.
3995
3996 @table @samp
3997 @item %s
3998 Print type of the checkpoint (@samp{write} or @samp{read}).
3999
4000 @item %u
4001 Print number of the checkpoint.
4002
4003 @item %@{r,w,d@}T
4004 Print number of bytes transferred so far and approximate transfer
4005 speed. Optional arguments supply prefixes to be used before number
4006 of bytes read, written and deleted, correspondingly. If absent,
4007 they default to @samp{R}. @samp{W}, @samp{D}. Any or all of them can
4008 be omitted, so, that e.g. @samp{%@{@}T} means to print corresponding
4009 statistics without any prefixes. Any surplus arguments, if present,
4010 are silently ignored.
4011
4012 @example
4013 $ @kbd{tar --delete -f f.tar --checkpoint-action=echo="#%u: %T" main.c}
4014 tar: #1: R: 0 (0B, 0B/s),W: 0 (0B, 0B/s),D: 0
4015 tar: #2: R: 10240 (10KiB, 19MiB/s),W: 0 (0B, 0B/s),D: 10240
4016 @end example
4017
4018 @noindent
4019 See also the @samp{totals} action, described below.
4020
4021 @item %@{@var{fmt}@}t
4022 Output current local time using @var{fmt} as format for @command{strftime}
4023 (@pxref{strftime, strftime,,strftime(3), strftime(3) man page}). The
4024 @samp{@{@var{fmt}@}} part is optional. If not present, the default
4025 format is @samp{%c}, i.e. the preferred date and time representation
4026 for the current locale.
4027
4028 @item %@{@var{n}@}*
4029 Pad output with spaces to the @var{n}th column. If the
4030 @samp{@{@var{n}@}} part is omitted, the current screen width
4031 is assumed.
4032
4033 @item %@var{c}
4034 This is a shortcut for @samp{%@{%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S@}t: %ds, %@{read,wrote@}T%*\r},
4035 intended mainly for use with @samp{ttyout} action (see below).
4036 @end table
4037
4038 Aside from format expansion, the message string is subject to
4039 @dfn{unquoting}, during which the backslash @dfn{escape sequences} are
4040 replaced with their corresponding @acronym{ASCII} characters
4041 (@pxref{escape sequences}). E.g. the following action will produce an
4042 audible bell and the message described above at each checkpoint:
4043
4044 @smallexample
4045 --checkpoint-action='echo=\aHit %s checkpoint #%u'
4046 @end smallexample
4047
4048 @cindex @code{bell}, checkpoint action
4049 There is also a special action which produces an audible signal:
4050 @samp{bell}. It is not equivalent to @samp{echo='\a'}, because
4051 @samp{bell} sends the bell directly to the console (@file{/dev/tty}),
4052 whereas @samp{echo='\a'} sends it to the standard error.
4053
4054 @cindex @code{ttyout}, checkpoint action
4055 The @samp{ttyout=@var{string}} action outputs @var{string} to
4056 @file{/dev/tty}, so it can be used even if the standard output is
4057 redirected elsewhere. The @var{string} is subject to the same
4058 modifications as with @samp{echo} action. In contrast to the latter,
4059 @samp{ttyout} does not prepend @command{tar} executable name to the
4060 string, nor does it output a newline after it. For example, the
4061 following action will print the checkpoint message at the same screen
4062 line, overwriting any previous message:
4063
4064 @smallexample
4065 --checkpoint-action="ttyout=Hit %s checkpoint #%u%*\r"
4066 @end smallexample
4067
4068 @noindent
4069 Notice the use of @samp{%*} specifier to clear out any eventual
4070 remains of the prior output line. As as more complex example,
4071 consider this:
4072
4073 @smallexample
4074 --checkpoint-action=ttyout='%@{%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S@}t (%d sec): #%u, %T%*\r'
4075 @end smallexample
4076
4077 @noindent
4078 This prints the current local time, number of seconds expired since
4079 tar was started, the checkpoint ordinal number, transferred bytes and
4080 average computed I/O speed.
4081
4082 @cindex @code{dot}, checkpoint action
4083 Another available checkpoint action is @samp{dot} (or @samp{.}). It
4084 instructs @command{tar} to print a single dot on the standard listing
4085 stream, e.g.:
4086
4087 @smallexample
4088 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=dot} /var
4089 ...
4090 @end smallexample
4091
4092 For compatibility with previous @GNUTAR{} versions, this action can
4093 be abbreviated by placing a dot in front of the checkpoint frequency,
4094 as shown in the previous section.
4095
4096 @cindex @code{totals}, checkpoint action
4097 The @samp{totals} action prints the total number of bytes transferred
4098 so far. The format of the data is the same as for the
4099 @option{--totals} option (@pxref{totals}). See also @samp{%T} format
4100 specifier of the @samp{echo} or @samp{ttyout} action.
4101
4102 @cindex @code{sleep}, checkpoint action
4103 Yet another action, @samp{sleep}, pauses @command{tar} for a specified
4104 amount of seconds. The following example will stop for 30 seconds at each
4105 checkpoint:
4106
4107 @smallexample
4108 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=sleep=30}
4109 @end smallexample
4110
4111 @anchor{checkpoint exec}
4112 @cindex @code{exec}, checkpoint action
4113 Finally, the @code{exec} action executes a given external command.
4114 For example:
4115
4116 @smallexample
4117 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=exec=/sbin/cpoint}
4118 @end smallexample
4119
4120 The supplied command can be any valid command invocation, with or
4121 without additional command line arguments. If it does contain
4122 arguments, don't forget to quote it to prevent it from being split by
4123 the shell. @xref{external, Running External Commands}, for more detail.
4124
4125 The command gets a copy of @command{tar}'s environment plus the
4126 following variables:
4127
4128 @table @env
4129 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, checkpoint script environment
4130 @item TAR_VERSION
4131 @GNUTAR{} version number.
4132
4133 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, checkpoint script environment
4134 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
4135 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
4136
4137 @vrindex TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR, checkpoint script environment
4138 @item TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR
4139 Current blocking factor (@pxref{Blocking}).
4140
4141 @vrindex TAR_CHECKPOINT, checkpoint script environment
4142 @item TAR_CHECKPOINT
4143 Number of the checkpoint.
4144
4145 @vrindex TAR_SUBCOMMAND, checkpoint script environment
4146 @item TAR_SUBCOMMAND
4147 A short option describing the operation @command{tar} is executing.
4148 @xref{Operations}, for a complete list of subcommand options.
4149
4150 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, checkpoint script environment
4151 @item TAR_FORMAT
4152 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
4153 list of archive format names.
4154 @end table
4155
4156 These environment variables can also be passed as arguments to the
4157 command, provided that they are properly escaped, for example:
4158
4159 @smallexample
4160 @kbd{tar -c -f arc.tar \
4161 --checkpoint-action='exec=/sbin/cpoint $TAR_FILENAME'}
4162 @end smallexample
4163
4164 @noindent
4165 Notice single quotes to prevent variable names from being expanded by
4166 the shell when invoking @command{tar}.
4167
4168 Any number of actions can be defined, by supplying several
4169 @option{--checkpoint-action} options in the command line. For
4170 example, the command below displays two messages, pauses
4171 execution for 30 seconds and executes the @file{/sbin/cpoint} script:
4172
4173 @example
4174 @group
4175 $ @kbd{tar -c -f arc.tar \
4176 --checkpoint-action='\aecho=Hit %s checkpoint #%u' \
4177 --checkpoint-action='echo=Sleeping for 30 seconds' \
4178 --checkpoint-action='sleep=30' \
4179 --checkpoint-action='exec=/sbin/cpoint'}
4180 @end group
4181 @end example
4182
4183 This example also illustrates the fact that
4184 @option{--checkpoint-action} can be used without
4185 @option{--checkpoint}. In this case, the default checkpoint frequency
4186 (at each 10th record) is assumed.
4187
4188 @node warnings
4189 @section Controlling Warning Messages
4190
4191 Sometimes, while performing the requested task, @GNUTAR{} notices
4192 some conditions that are not exactly errors, but which the user
4193 should be aware of. When this happens, @command{tar} issues a
4194 @dfn{warning message} describing the condition. Warning messages
4195 are output to the standard error and they do not affect the exit
4196 code of @command{tar} command.
4197
4198 @xopindex{warning, explained}
4199 @GNUTAR{} allows the user to suppress some or all of its warning
4200 messages:
4201
4202 @table @option
4203 @item --warning=@var{keyword}
4204 Control display of the warning messages identified by @var{keyword}.
4205 If @var{keyword} starts with the prefix @samp{no-}, such messages are
4206 suppressed. Otherwise, they are enabled.
4207
4208 Multiple @option{--warning} messages accumulate.
4209
4210 The tables below list allowed values for @var{keyword} along with the
4211 warning messages they control.
4212 @end table
4213
4214 @subheading Keywords controlling @command{tar} operation
4215 @table @asis
4216 @kwindex all
4217 @item all
4218 Enable all warning messages. This is the default.
4219 @kwindex none
4220 @item none
4221 Disable all warning messages.
4222 @kwindex filename-with-nuls
4223 @cindex @samp{file name read contains nul character}, warning message
4224 @item filename-with-nuls
4225 @samp{%s: file name read contains nul character}
4226 @kwindex alone-zero-block
4227 @cindex @samp{A lone zero block at}, warning message
4228 @item alone-zero-block
4229 @samp{A lone zero block at %s}
4230 @end table
4231
4232 @subheading Keywords applicable for @command{tar --create}
4233 @table @asis
4234 @kwindex cachedir
4235 @cindex @samp{contains a cache directory tag}, warning message
4236 @item cachedir
4237 @samp{%s: contains a cache directory tag %s; %s}
4238 @kwindex file-shrank
4239 @cindex @samp{File shrank by %s bytes}, warning message
4240 @item file-shrank
4241 @samp{%s: File shrank by %s bytes; padding with zeros}
4242 @kwindex xdev
4243 @cindex @samp{file is on a different filesystem}, warning message
4244 @item xdev
4245 @samp{%s: file is on a different filesystem; not dumped}
4246 @kwindex file-ignored
4247 @cindex @samp{Unknown file type; file ignored}, warning message
4248 @cindex @samp{socket ignored}, warning message
4249 @cindex @samp{door ignored}, warning message
4250 @item file-ignored
4251 @samp{%s: Unknown file type; file ignored}
4252 @*@samp{%s: socket ignored}
4253 @*@samp{%s: door ignored}
4254 @kwindex file-unchanged
4255 @cindex @samp{file is unchanged; not dumped}, warning message
4256 @item file-unchanged
4257 @samp{%s: file is unchanged; not dumped}
4258 @kwindex ignore-archive
4259 @cindex @samp{file is the archive; not dumped}, warning message
4260 @kwindex ignore-archive
4261 @cindex @samp{file is the archive; not dumped}, warning message
4262 @item ignore-archive
4263 @samp{%s: file is the archive; not dumped}
4264 @kwindex file-removed
4265 @cindex @samp{File removed before we read it}, warning message
4266 @item file-removed
4267 @samp{%s: File removed before we read it}
4268 @kwindex file-changed
4269 @cindex @samp{file changed as we read it}, warning message
4270 @item file-changed
4271 @samp{%s: file changed as we read it}
4272 @end table
4273
4274 @subheading Keywords applicable for @command{tar --extract}
4275 @table @asis
4276 @kwindex timestamp
4277 @cindex @samp{implausibly old time stamp %s}, warning message
4278 @cindex @samp{time stamp %s is %s s in the future}, warning message
4279 @item timestamp
4280 @samp{%s: implausibly old time stamp %s}
4281 @*@samp{%s: time stamp %s is %s s in the future}
4282 @kwindex contiguous-cast
4283 @cindex @samp{Extracting contiguous files as regular files}, warning message
4284 @item contiguous-cast
4285 @samp{Extracting contiguous files as regular files}
4286 @kwindex symlink-cast
4287 @cindex @samp{Attempting extraction of symbolic links as hard links}, warning message
4288 @item symlink-cast
4289 @samp{Attempting extraction of symbolic links as hard links}
4290 @kwindex unknown-cast
4291 @cindex @samp{Unknown file type '%c', extracted as normal file}, warning message
4292 @item unknown-cast
4293 @samp{%s: Unknown file type '%c', extracted as normal file}
4294 @kwindex ignore-newer
4295 @cindex @samp{Current %s is newer or same age}, warning message
4296 @item ignore-newer
4297 @samp{Current %s is newer or same age}
4298 @kwindex unknown-keyword
4299 @cindex @samp{Ignoring unknown extended header keyword '%s'}, warning message
4300 @item unknown-keyword
4301 @samp{Ignoring unknown extended header keyword '%s'}
4302 @kwindex decompress-program
4303 @item decompress-program
4304 Controls verbose description of failures occurring when trying to run
4305 alternative decompressor programs (@pxref{alternative decompression
4306 programs}). This warning is disabled by default (unless
4307 @option{--verbose} is used). A common example of what you can get
4308 when using this warning is:
4309
4310 @smallexample
4311 $ @kbd{tar --warning=decompress-program -x -f archive.Z}
4312 tar (child): cannot run compress: No such file or directory
4313 tar (child): trying gzip
4314 @end smallexample
4315
4316 This means that @command{tar} first tried to decompress
4317 @file{archive.Z} using @command{compress}, and, when that
4318 failed, switched to @command{gzip}.
4319 @kwindex record-size
4320 @cindex @samp{Record size = %lu blocks}, warning message
4321 @item record-size
4322 @samp{Record size = %lu blocks}
4323 @end table
4324
4325 @subheading Keywords controlling incremental extraction:
4326 @table @asis
4327 @kwindex rename-directory
4328 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed from %s}, warning message
4329 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed}, warning message
4330 @item rename-directory
4331 @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed from %s}
4332 @*@samp{%s: Directory has been renamed}
4333 @kwindex new-directory
4334 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory is new}, warning message
4335 @item new-directory
4336 @samp{%s: Directory is new}
4337 @kwindex xdev
4338 @cindex @samp{%s: directory is on a different device: not purging}, warning message
4339 @item xdev
4340 @samp{%s: directory is on a different device: not purging}
4341 @kwindex bad-dumpdir
4342 @cindex @samp{Malformed dumpdir: 'X' never used}, warning message
4343 @item bad-dumpdir
4344 @samp{Malformed dumpdir: 'X' never used}
4345 @end table
4346
4347 @node interactive
4348 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
4349 @cindex Interactive operation
4350
4351 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
4352 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
4353 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
4354 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
4355 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
4356 an operation interactively, using the @option{--interactive} (@option{-w}) option.
4357 @command{tar} also accepts @option{--confirmation} for this option.
4358
4359 @opindex interactive
4360 When the @option{--interactive} (@option{-w}) option is specified, before
4361 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
4362 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
4363 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
4364 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
4365 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
4366 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
4367 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
4368 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
4369
4370 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
4371 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
4372 communications.
4373
4374 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
4375 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
4376 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
4377 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
4378 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
4379 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
4380 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
4381 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
4382 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
4383 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
4384 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
4385
4386 @node external
4387 @section Running External Commands
4388
4389 Certain @GNUTAR{} operations imply running external commands that you
4390 supply on the command line. One of such operations is checkpointing,
4391 described above (@pxref{checkpoint exec}). Another example of this
4392 feature is the @option{-I} option, which allows you to supply the
4393 program to use for compressing or decompressing the archive
4394 (@pxref{use-compress-program}).
4395
4396 Whenever such operation is requested, @command{tar} first splits the
4397 supplied command into words much like the shell does. It then treats
4398 the first word as the name of the program or the shell script to execute
4399 and the rest of words as its command line arguments. The program,
4400 unless given as an absolute file name, is searched in the shell's
4401 @env{PATH}.
4402
4403 Any additional information is normally supplied to external commands
4404 in environment variables, specific to each particular operation. For
4405 example, the @option{--checkpoint-action=exec} option, defines the
4406 @env{TAR_ARCHIVE} variable to the name of the archive being worked
4407 upon. You can, should the need be, use these variables in the
4408 command line of the external command. For example:
4409
4410 @smallexample
4411 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar \
4412 --checkpoint=exec='printf "%04d in %32s\r" $TAR_CHECKPOINT $TAR_ARCHIVE'}
4413 @end smallexample
4414
4415 @noindent
4416 This command prints for each checkpoint its number and the name of the
4417 archive, using the same output line on the screen.
4418
4419 Notice the use of single quotes to prevent variable names from being
4420 expanded by the shell when invoking @command{tar}.
4421
4422 @node operations
4423 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
4424
4425 @menu
4426 * Basic tar::
4427 * Advanced tar::
4428 * create options::
4429 * extract options::
4430 * backup::
4431 * Applications::
4432 * looking ahead::
4433 @end menu
4434
4435 @node Basic tar
4436 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
4437
4438 The basic @command{tar} operations, @option{--create} (@option{-c}),
4439 @option{--list} (@option{-t}) and @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
4440 @option{-x}), are currently presented and described in the tutorial
4441 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
4442 for these operations.
4443
4444 @table @option
4445 @xopindex{create, complementary notes}
4446 @item --create
4447 @itemx -c
4448
4449 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
4450 initialize an empty archive and later use @option{--append}
4451 (@option{-r}) for adding all members. Some applications would not
4452 welcome making an exception in the way of adding the first archive
4453 member. On the other hand, many people reported that it is
4454 dangerously too easy for @command{tar} to destroy a magnetic tape with
4455 an empty archive@footnote{This is well described in @cite{Unix-haters
4456 Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG
4457 Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most common errors are:
4458
4459 @enumerate
4460 @item
4461 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
4462 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
4463 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
4464 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
4465 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
4466 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
4467
4468 @item
4469 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
4470 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
4471 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
4472 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
4473 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
4474 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
4475 @end enumerate
4476
4477 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophic nature of these
4478 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
4479 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @option{--create} option is
4480 given, there are no arguments besides options, and
4481 @option{--files-from} (@option{-T}) option is @emph{not} used. To get
4482 around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{} and nevertheless create an
4483 archive with nothing in it, one may still use, as the value for the
4484 @option{--files-from} option, a file with no names in it, as shown in
4485 the following commands:
4486
4487 @smallexample
4488 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
4489 @kbd{tar -cf empty-archive.tar -T /dev/null}
4490 @end smallexample
4491
4492 @xopindex{extract, complementary notes}
4493 @item --extract
4494 @itemx --get
4495 @itemx -x
4496
4497 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
4498
4499 @item @option{--list} (@option{-t})
4500
4501 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
4502 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. Preferably,
4503 people should get used to ISO 8601 dates. Local American dates should
4504 be made available again with full date localization support, once
4505 ready. In the meantime, programs not being localizable for dates
4506 should prefer international dates, that's really the way to go.
4507
4508 Look up @url{http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/@/~mgk25/@/iso-time.html} if you
4509 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
4510
4511 @end table
4512
4513 @node Advanced tar
4514 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
4515
4516 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
4517 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
4518
4519 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
4520 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
4521 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
4522 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
4523 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
4524 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
4525 error correction in special circumstances.
4526
4527 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
4528 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
4529
4530 @menu
4531 * Operations::
4532 * append::
4533 * update::
4534 * concatenate::
4535 * delete::
4536 * compare::
4537 @end menu
4538
4539 @node Operations
4540 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
4541
4542 @cindex basic operations
4543 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
4544 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
4545 @command{tar}: @option{--append}, @option{--update}, @option{--concatenate},
4546 @option{--delete}, and @option{--compare}.
4547
4548 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
4549 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
4550 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
4551 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
4552 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
4553 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
4554 and the two archive files you created are
4555 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
4556
4557 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
4558 @samp{bfiles.tar}. The archive @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
4559 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}; @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
4560 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
4561
4562 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
4563 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
4564 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
4565 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
4566 where the last chapter left them.)
4567
4568 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
4569
4570 @table @option
4571 @item --append
4572 @itemx -r
4573 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
4574 @item --update
4575 @itemx -u
4576 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
4577 they exist.
4578 @item --concatenate
4579 @itemx --catenate
4580 @itemx -A
4581 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
4582 @item --delete
4583 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
4584 @item --compare
4585 @itemx --diff
4586 @itemx -d
4587 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
4588 @end table
4589
4590 @node append
4591 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
4592
4593 @cindex appending files to existing archive
4594 @opindex append
4595 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
4596 create a new archive; you can use @option{--append} (@option{-r}).
4597 The archive must already exist in order to use @option{--append}. (A
4598 related operation is the @option{--update} operation; you can use this
4599 to add newer versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
4600 do this with @option{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
4601
4602 If you use @option{--append} to add a file that has the same name as an
4603 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
4604 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
4605 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite number of files
4606 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
4607 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
4608 view an archive with @option{--list} (@option{-t}), you will see all
4609 of those members listed, with their data modification times, owners, etc.
4610
4611 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
4612 prefer; if you were to use @option{--extract} to extract the archive,
4613 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as
4614 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
4615 @option{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
4616 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
4617 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
4618 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
4619 will not prompt you about this@footnote{Unless you give it
4620 @option{--keep-old-files} (or @option{--skip-old-files}) option, or
4621 the disk copy is newer than the one in the archive and you invoke
4622 @command{tar} with @option{--keep-newer-files} option.}. Thus, only
4623 the most recently archived member will end up being extracted, as it
4624 will replace the one extracted before it, and so on.
4625
4626 @cindex extracting @var{n}th copy of the file
4627 @xopindex{occurrence, described}
4628 There exists a special option that allows you to get around this
4629 behavior and extract (or list) only a particular copy of the file.
4630 This is @option{--occurrence} option. If you run @command{tar} with
4631 this option, it will extract only the first copy of the file. You
4632 may also give this option an argument specifying the number of
4633 copy to be extracted. Thus, for example if the archive
4634 @file{archive.tar} contained three copies of file @file{myfile}, then
4635 the command
4636
4637 @smallexample
4638 tar --extract --file archive.tar --occurrence=2 myfile
4639 @end smallexample
4640
4641 @noindent
4642 would extract only the second copy. @xref{Option
4643 Summary,---occurrence}, for the description of @option{--occurrence}
4644 option.
4645
4646 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
4647 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...
4648
4649 There are a few ways to get around this. Xref to Multiple Members
4650 with the Same Name, maybe.}
4651
4652 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
4653 @cindex Replacing members with other members
4654 @xopindex{delete, using before --append}
4655 If you want to replace an archive member, use @option{--delete} to
4656 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, and then use
4657 @option{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
4658 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
4659 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
4660 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
4661 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
4662 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
4663
4664 @menu
4665 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
4666 * multiple::
4667 @end menu
4668
4669 @node appending files
4670 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
4671 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
4672 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
4673 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
4674 @opindex append
4675
4676 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
4677 @option{--append} (@option{-r}) operation, which writes specified
4678 files into the archive whether or not they are already among the
4679 archived files.
4680
4681 When you use @option{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
4682 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
4683 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
4684 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
4685 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
4686 command line. The @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option will print
4687 out the names of the files as they are written into the archive.
4688
4689 @option{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
4690 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
4691 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
4692 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
4693
4694 To demonstrate using @option{--append} to add a file to an archive,
4695 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
4696 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
4697 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
4698 @file{collection.tar}:
4699
4700 @smallexample
4701 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
4702 @end smallexample
4703
4704 @noindent
4705 If you now use the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) operation, you will see that
4706 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
4707
4708 @smallexample
4709 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4710 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
4711 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4712 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4713 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
4714 @end smallexample
4715
4716 @node multiple
4717 @subsubsection Multiple Members with the Same Name
4718 @cindex members, multiple
4719 @cindex multiple members
4720
4721 You can use @option{--append} (@option{-r}) to add copies of files
4722 which have been updated since the archive was created. (However, we
4723 do not recommend doing this since there is another @command{tar}
4724 option called @option{--update}; @xref{update}, for more information.
4725 We describe this use of @option{--append} here for the sake of
4726 completeness.) When you extract the archive, the older version will
4727 be effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
4728 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
4729 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
4730 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the
4731 older version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete
4732 all versions of the file.
4733
4734 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
4735 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
4736 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
4737 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
4738 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
4739 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
4740 newer version when it is extracted.
4741
4742 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
4743 archive in this way:
4744
4745 @smallexample
4746 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
4747 blues
4748 @end smallexample
4749
4750 @noindent
4751 Because you specified the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
4752 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
4753 list the contents of the archive:
4754
4755 @smallexample
4756 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
4757 -rw-r--r-- me/user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
4758 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4759 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4760 -rw-r--r-- me/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
4761 -rw-r--r-- me/user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
4762 @end smallexample
4763
4764 @noindent
4765 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
4766 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
4767 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
4768 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
4769 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory.
4770
4771 If you wish to extract the first occurrence of the file @file{blues}
4772 from the archive, use @option{--occurrence} option, as shown in
4773 the following example:
4774
4775 @smallexample
4776 $ @kbd{tar --extract -vv --occurrence --file=collection.tar blues}
4777 -rw-r--r-- me/user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4778 @end smallexample
4779
4780 @xref{Writing}, for more information on @option{--extract} and
4781 see @ref{Option Summary, --occurrence}, for a description of
4782 @option{--occurrence} option.
4783
4784 @node update
4785 @subsection Updating an Archive
4786 @cindex Updating an archive
4787 @opindex update
4788
4789 In the previous section, you learned how to use @option{--append} to
4790 add a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
4791 @option{--update} (@option{-u}). The @option{--update} operation
4792 updates a @command{tar} archive by comparing the date of the specified
4793 archive members against the date of the file with the same name. If
4794 the file has been modified more recently than the archive member, then
4795 the newer version of the file is added to the archive (as with
4796 @option{--append}).
4797
4798 Unfortunately, you cannot use @option{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
4799 The operation will fail.
4800
4801 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
4802 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
4803
4804 Both @option{--update} and @option{--append} work by adding to the end
4805 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
4806 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
4807 the @option{--backup} option. @xref{multiple}, for a detailed discussion.
4808
4809 @menu
4810 * how to update::
4811 @end menu
4812
4813 @node how to update
4814 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @option{--update}
4815 @opindex update
4816
4817 You must use file name arguments with the @option{--update}
4818 (@option{-u}) operation. If you don't specify any files,
4819 @command{tar} won't act on any files and won't tell you that it didn't
4820 do anything (which may end up confusing you).
4821
4822 @c note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
4823 @c behavior just confused the author. :-)
4824
4825 To see the @option{--update} option at work, create a new file,
4826 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
4827 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
4828 the @samp{update} operation and the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v})
4829 option specified, using the names of all the files in the @file{practice}
4830 directory as file name arguments:
4831
4832 @smallexample
4833 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
4834 blues
4835 classical
4836 $
4837 @end smallexample
4838
4839 @noindent
4840 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
4841 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
4842 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
4843 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
4844 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
4845 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
4846 updating it.
4847
4848 The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
4849 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
4850 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
4851 information about tapes.
4852
4853 @option{--update} (@option{-u}) is not suitable for performing backups for two
4854 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
4855 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
4856 options intended specifically for backups are more
4857 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
4858
4859 @node concatenate
4860 @subsection Combining Archives with @option{--concatenate}
4861
4862 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
4863 @cindex Concatenating Archives
4864 @opindex concatenate
4865 @opindex catenate
4866 @c @cindex @option{-A} described
4867 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
4868 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
4869 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
4870 @option{--concatenate} (@option{--catenate}, @option{-A}) operation.
4871
4872 To use @option{--concatenate}, give the first archive with
4873 @option{--file} option and name the rest of archives to be
4874 concatenated on the command line. The members, and their member
4875 names, will be copied verbatim from those archives to the first
4876 one@footnote{This can cause multiple members to have the same name. For
4877 information on how this affects reading the archive, see @ref{multiple}.}.
4878 The new, concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the
4879 one given with the @option{--file} option. As usual, if you omit
4880 @option{--file}, @command{tar} will use the value of the environment
4881 variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the default archive name.
4882
4883 @FIXME{There is no way to specify a new name...}
4884
4885 To demonstrate how @option{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
4886 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
4887 files from @file{practice}:
4888
4889 @smallexample
4890 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
4891 blues
4892 rock
4893 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
4894 folk
4895 jazz
4896 @end smallexample
4897
4898 @noindent
4899 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
4900 contain what they are supposed to:
4901
4902 @smallexample
4903 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
4904 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
4905 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
4906 $ @kbd{tar -tvf jazzfolk.tar}
4907 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4908 -rw-r--r-- melissa/user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
4909 @end smallexample
4910
4911 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
4912
4913 @smallexample
4914 $ @kbd{cd ..}
4915 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
4916 @end smallexample
4917
4918 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesrock.tar}, you will see
4919 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
4920
4921 @smallexample
4922 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
4923 blues
4924 rock
4925 folk
4926 jazz
4927 @end smallexample
4928
4929 When you use @option{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
4930 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
4931 parameters. Notice, that @command{tar} does not check whether the
4932 archives it concatenates have compatible formats, it does not
4933 even check if the files are really tar archives.
4934
4935 Like @option{--append} (@option{-r}), this operation cannot be performed on some
4936 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
4937
4938 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
4939 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
4940 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
4941 concatenate two archives instead of using the @option{--concatenate}
4942 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
4943
4944 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
4945 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
4946 one archive. @option{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
4947 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
4948 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
4949 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
4950 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
4951 @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
4952 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
4953 @command{cat} shell utility.
4954
4955 @node delete
4956 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @option{--delete}
4957 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
4958 @cindex Removing files from an archive
4959
4960 @opindex delete
4961 You can remove members from an archive by using the @option{--delete}
4962 option. Specify the name of the archive with @option{--file}
4963 (@option{-f}) and then specify the names of the members to be deleted;
4964 if you list no member names, nothing will be deleted. The
4965 @option{--verbose} option will cause @command{tar} to print the names
4966 of the members as they are deleted. As with @option{--extract}, you
4967 must give the exact member names when using @samp{tar --delete}.
4968 @option{--delete} will remove all versions of the named file from the
4969 archive. The @option{--delete} operation can run very slowly.
4970
4971 Unlike other operations, @option{--delete} has no short form.
4972
4973 @cindex Tapes, using @option{--delete} and
4974 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
4975 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
4976 @option{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
4977 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
4978 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
4979 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
4980 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
4981 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
4982 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
4983
4984 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
4985 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
4986 are in that directory, and then,
4987
4988 @smallexample
4989 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4990 blues
4991 folk
4992 jazz
4993 rock
4994 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
4995 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4996 folk
4997 jazz
4998 rock
4999 @end smallexample
5000
5001 @FIXME{Check if the above listing is actually produced after running
5002 all the examples on collection.tar.}
5003
5004 The @option{--delete} option has been reported to work properly when
5005 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
5006
5007 @node compare
5008 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
5009 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
5010
5011 @opindex compare
5012 The @option{--compare} (@option{-d}), or @option{--diff} operation compares
5013 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
5014 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
5015 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
5016 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
5017 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
5018 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
5019
5020 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
5021 archive with a non-default record size.
5022
5023 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
5024 corresponding members in the archive.
5025
5026 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
5027 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
5028 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
5029 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
5030
5031 @smallexample
5032 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
5033 rock
5034 blues
5035 tar: funk not found in archive
5036 @end smallexample
5037
5038 The spirit behind the @option{--compare} (@option{--diff},
5039 @option{-d}) option is to check whether the archive represents the
5040 current state of files on disk, more than validating the integrity of
5041 the archive media. For this latter goal, see @ref{verify}.
5042
5043 @node create options
5044 @section Options Used by @option{--create}
5045
5046 @xopindex{create, additional options}
5047 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
5048 @option{--create} (@option{-c}) to create an archive from a set of files.
5049 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
5050 @option{--create}.
5051
5052 @menu
5053 * override:: Overriding File Metadata.
5054 * Ignore Failed Read::
5055 @end menu
5056
5057 @node override
5058 @subsection Overriding File Metadata
5059
5060 As described above, a @command{tar} archive keeps, for each member it contains,
5061 its @dfn{metadata}, such as modification time, mode and ownership of
5062 the file. @GNUTAR{} allows to replace these data with other values
5063 when adding files to the archive. The options described in this
5064 section affect creation of archives of any type. For POSIX archives,
5065 see also @ref{PAX keywords}, for additional ways of controlling
5066 metadata, stored in the archive.
5067
5068 @table @option
5069 @opindex mode
5070 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
5071
5072 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
5073 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
5074 from the files. @var{permissions} can be specified either as an octal
5075 number or as symbolic permissions, like with
5076 @command{chmod} (@xref{File permissions, Permissions, File
5077 permissions, fileutils, @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference
5078 also has useful information for those not being overly familiar with
5079 the UNIX permission system). Using latter syntax allows for
5080 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
5081 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
5082 or on any other file already marked as executable:
5083
5084 @smallexample
5085 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --mode='a+rw' .}
5086 @end smallexample
5087
5088 @item --mtime=@var{date}
5089 @opindex mtime
5090
5091 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use @var{date} as
5092 the modification time of members when creating archives, instead of
5093 their actual modification times. The argument @var{date} can be
5094 either a textual date representation in almost arbitrary format
5095 (@pxref{Date input formats}) or a name of an existing file, starting
5096 with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the latter case, the modification time
5097 of that file will be used.
5098
5099 The following example will set the modification date to 00:00:00,
5100 January 1, 1970:
5101
5102 @smallexample
5103 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --mtime='1970-01-01' .}
5104 @end smallexample
5105
5106 @noindent
5107 When used with @option{--verbose} (@pxref{verbose tutorial}) @GNUTAR{}
5108 will try to convert the specified date back to its textual
5109 representation and compare it with the one given with
5110 @option{--mtime} options. If the two dates differ, @command{tar} will
5111 print a warning saying what date it will use. This is to help user
5112 ensure he is using the right date.
5113
5114 For example:
5115
5116 @smallexample
5117 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -v --mtime=yesterday .}
5118 tar: Option --mtime: Treating date 'yesterday' as 2006-06-20
5119 13:06:29.152478
5120 @dots{}
5121 @end smallexample
5122
5123 @item --owner=@var{user}
5124 @opindex owner
5125
5126 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
5127 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
5128 file.
5129
5130 If @var{user} contains a colon, it is taken to be of the form
5131 @var{name}:@var{id} where a nonempty @var{name} specifies the user
5132 name and a nonempty @var{id} specifies the decimal numeric user
5133 @acronym{ID}. If @var{user} does not contain a colon, it is taken to
5134 be a user number if it is one or more decimal digits; otherwise it is
5135 taken to be a user name.
5136
5137 If a name is given but no number, the number is inferred from the
5138 current host's user database if possible, and the file's user number
5139 is used otherwise. If a number is given but no name, the name is
5140 inferred from the number if possible, and an empty name is used
5141 otherwise. If both name and number are given, the user database is
5142 not consulted, and the name and number need not be valid on the
5143 current host.
5144
5145 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
5146 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
5147 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
5148 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous
5149 archives. For example:
5150
5151 @smallexample
5152 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --owner=0 .}
5153 @end smallexample
5154
5155 @noindent
5156 or:
5157
5158 @smallexample
5159 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --owner=root .}
5160 @end smallexample
5161
5162 @item --group=@var{group}
5163 @opindex group
5164
5165 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group @acronym{ID} of @var{group},
5166 rather than the group from the source file. As with @option{--owner},
5167 the argument @var{group} can be an existing group symbolic name, or a
5168 decimal numeric group @acronym{ID}, or @var{name}:@var{id}.
5169 @end table
5170
5171 @node Ignore Failed Read
5172 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
5173
5174 @table @option
5175 @item --ignore-failed-read
5176 @opindex ignore-failed-read
5177 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
5178 @end table
5179
5180 @node extract options
5181 @section Options Used by @option{--extract}
5182 @cindex options for use with @option{--extract}
5183
5184 @xopindex{extract, additional options}
5185 The previous chapter showed how to use @option{--extract} to extract
5186 an archive into the file system. Various options cause @command{tar} to
5187 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
5188 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
5189 presents options to be used with @option{--extract} when certain special
5190 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
5191 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
5192 @option{--extract} operation.
5193
5194 @menu
5195 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
5196 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
5197 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
5198 @end menu
5199
5200 @node Reading
5201 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
5202 @cindex Options when reading archives
5203
5204 @cindex Reading incomplete records
5205 @cindex Records, incomplete
5206 @opindex read-full-records
5207 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
5208 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
5209 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
5210 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
5211 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
5212 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
5213 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option
5214 in conjunction with the @option{--extract} or @option{--list} operations.
5215 @xref{Blocking}.
5216
5217 The @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option is turned on by default when
5218 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
5219 machine. This is because on @acronym{BSD} Unix systems, attempting to read a
5220 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
5221 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
5222 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
5223
5224 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
5225 read the archive by specifying @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) and
5226 @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
5227 @var{512-size}}), using a blocking factor larger than what the archive
5228 uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
5229 of an archive. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
5230
5231 @menu
5232 * read full records::
5233 * Ignore Zeros::
5234 @end menu
5235
5236 @node read full records
5237 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
5238
5239 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
5240
5241 @table @option
5242 @opindex read-full-records
5243 @item --read-full-records
5244 @item -B
5245 Use in conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
5246 @option{-x}) to read an archive which contains incomplete records, or
5247 one which has a blocking factor less than the one specified.
5248 @end table
5249
5250 @node Ignore Zeros
5251 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
5252
5253 @cindex End-of-archive blocks, ignoring
5254 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive blocks
5255 @opindex ignore-zeros
5256 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
5257 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
5258 @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) allows @command{tar} to
5259 completely read an archive which contains a block of zeros before the
5260 end (i.e., a damaged archive, or one that was created by concatenating
5261 several archives together).
5262
5263 The @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option is turned off by default because many
5264 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
5265 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
5266 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
5267 maintain compatibility among archiving utilities.
5268
5269 @table @option
5270 @item --ignore-zeros
5271 @itemx -i
5272 To ignore blocks of zeros (i.e., end-of-archive entries) which may be
5273 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
5274 @option{--extract} or @option{--list}.
5275 @end table
5276
5277 @node Writing
5278 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
5279 @UNREVISED
5280
5281 @FIXME{Introductory paragraph}
5282
5283 @menu
5284 * Dealing with Old Files::
5285 * Overwrite Old Files::
5286 * Keep Old Files::
5287 * Keep Newer Files::
5288 * Unlink First::
5289 * Recursive Unlink::
5290 * Data Modification Times::
5291 * Setting Access Permissions::
5292 * Directory Modification Times and Permissions::
5293 * Writing to Standard Output::
5294 * Writing to an External Program::
5295 * remove files::
5296 @end menu
5297
5298 @node Dealing with Old Files
5299 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
5300
5301 @xopindex{overwrite-dir, introduced}
5302 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
5303 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
5304 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
5305 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
5306 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
5307 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
5308 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
5309 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
5310 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
5311
5312 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
5313 @xopindex{keep-old-files, introduced}
5314 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
5315 the @option{--keep-old-files} (@option{-k}) option. It causes
5316 @command{tar} to refuse to replace or update a file that already
5317 exists, i.e., a file with the same name as an archive member prevents
5318 extraction of that archive member. Instead, it reports an error. For
5319 example:
5320
5321 @example
5322 $ @kbd{ls}
5323 blues
5324 $ @kbd{tar -x -k -f archive.tar}
5325 tar: blues: Cannot open: File exists
5326 tar: Exiting with failure status due to previous errors
5327 @end example
5328
5329 @xopindex{skip-old-files, introduced}
5330 If you wish to preserve old files untouched, but don't want
5331 @command{tar} to treat them as errors, use the
5332 @option{--skip-old-files} option. This option causes @command{tar} to
5333 silently skip extracting over existing files.
5334
5335 @xopindex{overwrite, introduced}
5336 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
5337 @option{--overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
5338 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
5339
5340 @cindex Protecting old files
5341 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
5342 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
5343 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
5344 state of the file system when the archive was created. It is debatable
5345 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
5346 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
5347 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
5348 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
5349 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
5350 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
5351 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
5352 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
5353 @file{/usr/local2}, of course!) @GNUTAR{} is indeed
5354 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
5355 example, but @emph{only if} @option{--recursive-unlink} is specified
5356 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
5357 removed.
5358
5359 @xopindex{unlink-first, introduced}
5360 Finally, the @option{--unlink-first} (@option{-U}) option can improve performance in
5361 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
5362 before extracting them.
5363
5364 @node Overwrite Old Files
5365 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
5366
5367 @table @option
5368 @opindex overwrite
5369 @item --overwrite
5370 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
5371 from an archive.
5372
5373 This causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
5374 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
5375 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
5376 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
5377 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
5378 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
5379 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
5380 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
5381 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
5382 they are in the way of extraction.
5383
5384 Be careful when using the @option{--overwrite} option, particularly when
5385 combined with the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option, as this combination
5386 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
5387 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
5388 are currently being executed.
5389
5390 @opindex overwrite-dir
5391 @item --overwrite-dir
5392 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
5393 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
5394 @end table
5395
5396 @node Keep Old Files
5397 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
5398
5399 @GNUTAR{} provides two options to control its actions in a situation
5400 when it is about to extract a file which already exists on disk.
5401
5402 @table @option
5403 @opindex keep-old-files
5404 @item --keep-old-files
5405 @itemx -k
5406 Do not replace existing files from archive. When such a file is
5407 encountered, @command{tar} issues an error message. Upon end of
5408 extraction, @command{tar} exits with code 2 (@pxref{exit status}).
5409
5410 @item --skip-old-files
5411 Do not replace existing files from archive, but do not treat that
5412 as error. Such files are silently skipped and do not affect
5413 @command{tar} exit status.
5414
5415 Additional verbosity can be obtained using @option{--warning=existing-file}
5416 together with that option (@pxref{warnings}).
5417 @end table
5418
5419 @node Keep Newer Files
5420 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Newer Files
5421
5422 @table @option
5423 @opindex keep-newer-files
5424 @item --keep-newer-files
5425 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive
5426 copies. This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
5427 @end table
5428
5429 @node Unlink First
5430 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
5431
5432 @table @option
5433 @opindex unlink-first
5434 @item --unlink-first
5435 @itemx -U
5436 Remove files before extracting over them.
5437 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
5438 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
5439 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
5440 @end table
5441
5442 @node Recursive Unlink
5443 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
5444
5445 @table @option
5446 @opindex recursive-unlink
5447 @item --recursive-unlink
5448 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
5449 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
5450 @end table
5451
5452 If you specify the @option{--recursive-unlink} option,
5453 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
5454 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
5455 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
5456
5457 @node Data Modification Times
5458 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Data Modification Times
5459
5460 @cindex Data modification times of extracted files
5461 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
5462 Normally, @command{tar} sets the data modification times of extracted
5463 files to the corresponding times recorded for the files in the archive, but
5464 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
5465 setting.
5466
5467 To set the data modification times of extracted files to the time when
5468 the files were extracted, use the @option{--touch} (@option{-m}) option in
5469 conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5470
5471 @table @option
5472 @opindex touch
5473 @item --touch
5474 @itemx -m
5475 Sets the data modification time of extracted archive members to the time
5476 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
5477 Use in conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5478 @end table
5479
5480 @node Setting Access Permissions
5481 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
5482
5483 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
5484 @cindex Modes of extracted files
5485 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
5486 recorded for those files in the archive, use @option{--same-permissions}
5487 in conjunction with the @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
5488 @option{-x}) operation.
5489
5490 @table @option
5491 @opindex preserve-permissions
5492 @opindex same-permissions
5493 @item --preserve-permissions
5494 @itemx --same-permissions
5495 @c @itemx --ignore-umask
5496 @itemx -p
5497 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
5498 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
5499 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5500 @end table
5501
5502 @node Directory Modification Times and Permissions
5503 @unnumberedsubsubsec Directory Modification Times and Permissions
5504
5505 After successfully extracting a file member, @GNUTAR{} normally
5506 restores its permissions and modification times, as described in the
5507 previous sections. This cannot be done for directories, because
5508 after extracting a directory @command{tar} will almost certainly
5509 extract files into that directory and this will cause the directory
5510 modification time to be updated. Moreover, restoring that directory
5511 permissions may not permit file creation within it. Thus, restoring
5512 directory permissions and modification times must be delayed at least
5513 until all files have been extracted into that directory. @GNUTAR{}
5514 restores directories using the following approach.
5515
5516 The extracted directories are created with the mode specified in the
5517 archive, as modified by the umask of the user, which gives sufficient
5518 permissions to allow file creation. The meta-information about the
5519 directory is recorded in the temporary list of directories. When
5520 preparing to extract next archive member, @GNUTAR{} checks if the
5521 directory prefix of this file contains the remembered directory. If
5522 it does not, the program assumes that all files have been extracted
5523 into that directory, restores its modification time and permissions
5524 and removes its entry from the internal list. This approach allows
5525 to correctly restore directory meta-information in the majority of
5526 cases, while keeping memory requirements sufficiently small. It is
5527 based on the fact, that most @command{tar} archives use the predefined
5528 order of members: first the directory, then all the files and
5529 subdirectories in that directory.
5530
5531 However, this is not always true. The most important exception are
5532 incremental archives (@pxref{Incremental Dumps}). The member order in
5533 an incremental archive is reversed: first all directory members are
5534 stored, followed by other (non-directory) members. So, when extracting
5535 from incremental archives, @GNUTAR{} alters the above procedure. It
5536 remembers all restored directories, and restores their meta-data
5537 only after the entire archive has been processed. Notice, that you do
5538 not need to specify any special options for that, as @GNUTAR{}
5539 automatically detects archives in incremental format.
5540
5541 There may be cases, when such processing is required for normal archives
5542 too. Consider the following example:
5543
5544 @smallexample
5545 @group
5546 $ @kbd{tar --no-recursion -cvf archive \
5547 foo foo/file1 bar bar/file foo/file2}
5548 foo/
5549 foo/file1
5550 bar/
5551 bar/file
5552 foo/file2
5553 @end group
5554 @end smallexample
5555
5556 During the normal operation, after encountering @file{bar}
5557 @GNUTAR{} will assume that all files from the directory @file{foo}
5558 were already extracted and will therefore restore its timestamp and
5559 permission bits. However, after extracting @file{foo/file2} the
5560 directory timestamp will be offset again.
5561
5562 To correctly restore directory meta-information in such cases, use
5563 the @option{--delay-directory-restore} command line option:
5564
5565 @table @option
5566 @opindex delay-directory-restore
5567 @item --delay-directory-restore
5568 Delays restoring of the modification times and permissions of extracted
5569 directories until the end of extraction. This way, correct
5570 meta-information is restored even if the archive has unusual member
5571 ordering.
5572
5573 @opindex no-delay-directory-restore
5574 @item --no-delay-directory-restore
5575 Cancel the effect of the previous @option{--delay-directory-restore}.
5576 Use this option if you have used @option{--delay-directory-restore} in
5577 @env{TAR_OPTIONS} variable (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}) and wish to
5578 temporarily disable it.
5579 @end table
5580
5581 @node Writing to Standard Output
5582 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
5583
5584 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
5585 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
5586 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
5587 creating the files on the file system, use @option{--to-stdout} (@option{-O}) in
5588 conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}). This option is useful if you are
5589 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
5590 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
5591 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
5592 found in the archive.
5593
5594 @table @option
5595 @opindex to-stdout
5596 @item --to-stdout
5597 @itemx -O
5598 Writes files to the standard output. Use only in conjunction with
5599 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}). When this option is
5600 used, instead of creating the files specified, @command{tar} writes
5601 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
5602 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
5603 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @option{--list}
5604 (@option{-t}).
5605 @end table
5606
5607 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
5608 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
5609 it. You can use a command like this:
5610
5611 @smallexample
5612 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
5613 @end smallexample
5614
5615 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
5616
5617 @smallexample
5618 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
5619 @end smallexample
5620
5621 However, @option{--to-command} may be more convenient for use with
5622 multiple files. See the next section.
5623
5624 @node Writing to an External Program
5625 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to an External Program
5626
5627 You can instruct @command{tar} to send the contents of each extracted
5628 file to the standard input of an external program:
5629
5630 @table @option
5631 @opindex to-command
5632 @item --to-command=@var{command}
5633 Extract files and pipe their contents to the standard input of
5634 @var{command}. When this option is used, instead of creating the
5635 files specified, @command{tar} invokes @var{command} and pipes the
5636 contents of the files to its standard output. The @var{command} may
5637 contain command line arguments (see @ref{external, Running External Commands},
5638 for more detail).
5639
5640 Notice, that @var{command} is executed once for each regular file
5641 extracted. Non-regular files (directories, etc.) are ignored when this
5642 option is used.
5643 @end table
5644
5645 The command can obtain the information about the file it processes
5646 from the following environment variables:
5647
5648 @table @env
5649 @vrindex TAR_FILETYPE, to-command environment
5650 @item TAR_FILETYPE
5651 Type of the file. It is a single letter with the following meaning:
5652
5653 @multitable @columnfractions 0.10 0.90
5654 @item f @tab Regular file
5655 @item d @tab Directory
5656 @item l @tab Symbolic link
5657 @item h @tab Hard link
5658 @item b @tab Block device
5659 @item c @tab Character device
5660 @end multitable
5661
5662 Currently only regular files are supported.
5663
5664 @vrindex TAR_MODE, to-command environment
5665 @item TAR_MODE
5666 File mode, an octal number.
5667
5668 @vrindex TAR_FILENAME, to-command environment
5669 @item TAR_FILENAME
5670 The name of the file.
5671
5672 @vrindex TAR_REALNAME, to-command environment
5673 @item TAR_REALNAME
5674 Name of the file as stored in the archive.
5675
5676 @vrindex TAR_UNAME, to-command environment
5677 @item TAR_UNAME
5678 Name of the file owner.
5679
5680 @vrindex TAR_GNAME, to-command environment
5681 @item TAR_GNAME
5682 Name of the file owner group.
5683
5684 @vrindex TAR_ATIME, to-command environment
5685 @item TAR_ATIME
5686 Time of last access. It is a decimal number, representing seconds
5687 since the Epoch. If the archive provides times with nanosecond
5688 precision, the nanoseconds are appended to the timestamp after a
5689 decimal point.
5690
5691 @vrindex TAR_MTIME, to-command environment
5692 @item TAR_MTIME
5693 Time of last modification.
5694
5695 @vrindex TAR_CTIME, to-command environment
5696 @item TAR_CTIME
5697 Time of last status change.
5698
5699 @vrindex TAR_SIZE, to-command environment
5700 @item TAR_SIZE
5701 Size of the file.
5702
5703 @vrindex TAR_UID, to-command environment
5704 @item TAR_UID
5705 UID of the file owner.
5706
5707 @vrindex TAR_GID, to-command environment
5708 @item TAR_GID
5709 GID of the file owner.
5710 @end table
5711
5712 Additionally, the following variables contain information about
5713 tar mode and the archive being processed:
5714
5715 @table @env
5716 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, to-command environment
5717 @item TAR_VERSION
5718 @GNUTAR{} version number.
5719
5720 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, to-command environment
5721 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
5722 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
5723
5724 @vrindex TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR, to-command environment
5725 @item TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR
5726 Current blocking factor (@pxref{Blocking}).
5727
5728 @vrindex TAR_VOLUME, to-command environment
5729 @item TAR_VOLUME
5730 Ordinal number of the volume @command{tar} is processing.
5731
5732 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, to-command environment
5733 @item TAR_FORMAT
5734 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
5735 list of archive format names.
5736 @end table
5737
5738 These variables are defined prior to executing the command, so you can
5739 pass them as arguments, if you prefer. For example, if the command
5740 @var{proc} takes the member name and size as its arguments, then you
5741 could do:
5742
5743 @smallexample
5744 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar \
5745 --to-command='proc $TAR_FILENAME $TAR_SIZE'}
5746 @end smallexample
5747
5748 @noindent
5749 Notice single quotes to prevent variable names from being expanded by
5750 the shell when invoking @command{tar}.
5751
5752 If @var{command} exits with a non-0 status, @command{tar} will print
5753 an error message similar to the following:
5754
5755 @smallexample
5756 tar: 2345: Child returned status 1
5757 @end smallexample
5758
5759 Here, @samp{2345} is the PID of the finished process.
5760
5761 If this behavior is not wanted, use @option{--ignore-command-error}:
5762
5763 @table @option
5764 @opindex ignore-command-error
5765 @item --ignore-command-error
5766 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. Notice that if the program
5767 exits on signal or otherwise terminates abnormally, the error message
5768 will be printed even if this option is used.
5769
5770 @opindex no-ignore-command-error
5771 @item --no-ignore-command-error
5772 Cancel the effect of any previous @option{--ignore-command-error}
5773 option. This option is useful if you have set
5774 @option{--ignore-command-error} in @env{TAR_OPTIONS}
5775 (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}) and wish to temporarily cancel it.
5776 @end table
5777
5778 @node remove files
5779 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
5780
5781 @FIXME{The section is too terse. Something more to add? An example,
5782 maybe?}
5783
5784 @table @option
5785 @opindex remove-files
5786 @item --remove-files
5787 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
5788 @end table
5789
5790 @node Scarce
5791 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
5792 @UNREVISED
5793
5794 @cindex Small memory
5795 @cindex Running out of space
5796
5797 @menu
5798 * Starting File::
5799 * Same Order::
5800 @end menu
5801
5802 @node Starting File
5803 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
5804
5805 @table @option
5806 @opindex starting-file
5807 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
5808 @itemx -K @var{name}
5809 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
5810 with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}) or @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
5811 @end table
5812
5813 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
5814 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
5815 space, you can use @option{--starting-file=@var{name}} (@option{-K
5816 @var{name}}) to start extracting only after member @var{name} of the
5817 archive. This assumes, of course, that there is now free space, or
5818 that you are now extracting into a different file system. (You could
5819 also choose to suspend @command{tar}, remove unnecessary files from
5820 the file system, and then resume the same @command{tar} operation.
5821 In this case, @option{--starting-file} is not necessary.) See also
5822 @ref{interactive}, and @ref{exclude}.
5823
5824 @node Same Order
5825 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
5826
5827 @table @option
5828 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
5829 @opindex same-order
5830 @opindex preserve-order
5831 @item --same-order
5832 @itemx --preserve-order
5833 @itemx -s
5834 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
5835 memory. Use in conjunction with @option{--compare} (@option{--diff},
5836 @option{-d}), @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or @option{--extract}
5837 (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5838 @end table
5839
5840 The @option{--same-order} (@option{--preserve-order}, @option{-s}) option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
5841 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
5842 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
5843 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
5844 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
5845 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
5846
5847 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
5848
5849 @node backup
5850 @section Backup options
5851
5852 @cindex backup options
5853
5854 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
5855 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
5856 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
5857 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
5858 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
5859 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
5860
5861 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
5862 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
5863 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
5864 as having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
5865 @FIXME{This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
5866 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.}
5867 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
5868 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
5869 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
5870 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
5871
5872 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
5873 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
5874 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
5875 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
5876 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
5877 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
5878 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
5879 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
5880 refers to a remote file.
5881
5882 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
5883 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
5884 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
5885 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
5886 file are kept.
5887
5888 @table @samp
5889 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
5890 @opindex backup
5891 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
5892 @cindex backups
5893 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
5894 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
5895
5896 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
5897 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
5898 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
5899 use the @samp{existing} method.
5900
5901 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
5902 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
5903 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
5904 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
5905
5906 @table @samp
5907 @item t
5908 @itemx numbered
5909 @cindex numbered @r{backup method}
5910 Always make numbered backups.
5911
5912 @item nil
5913 @itemx existing
5914 @cindex existing @r{backup method}
5915 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
5916 of the others.
5917
5918 @item never
5919 @itemx simple
5920 @cindex simple @r{backup method}
5921 Always make simple backups.
5922
5923 @end table
5924
5925 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
5926 @opindex suffix
5927 @cindex backup suffix
5928 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
5929 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @option{--backup}. If this
5930 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
5931 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
5932 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
5933
5934 @end table
5935
5936 @node Applications
5937 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
5938 @UNREVISED
5939
5940 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
5941 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
5942 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
5943
5944 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
5945
5946 @findex uuencode
5947 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
5948 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
5949 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
5950 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
5951 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
5952 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
5953 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
5954 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
5955
5956 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
5957 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
5958 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
5959 medium is a @dfn{pipe}:
5960
5961 @smallexample
5962 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar -cf - .) | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
5963 @end smallexample
5964
5965 @noindent
5966 You can avoid subshells by using @option{-C} option:
5967
5968 @smallexample
5969 $ @kbd{tar -C sourcedir -cf - . | tar -C targetdir -xf -}
5970 @end smallexample
5971
5972 @noindent
5973 The command also works using long option forms:
5974
5975 @smallexample
5976 @group
5977 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . ) \
5978 | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}
5979 @end group
5980 @end smallexample
5981
5982 @noindent
5983 or
5984
5985 @smallexample
5986 @group
5987 $ @kbd{tar --directory sourcedir --create --file=- . \
5988 | tar --directory targetdir --extract --file=-}
5989 @end group
5990 @end smallexample
5991
5992 @noindent
5993 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
5994
5995 @node looking ahead
5996 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
5997
5998 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
5999 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
6000 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
6001 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
6002 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
6003 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
6004 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
6005 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
6006 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
6007 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
6008
6009 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
6010 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
6011 @xref{files}.
6012
6013 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
6014 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
6015
6016 @node Backups
6017 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
6018 @cindex backups
6019
6020 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts for performing backups
6021 and restores. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be
6022 satisfying to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
6023 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
6024 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
6025
6026 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
6027 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
6028 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
6029 This is free software, and it is available from @uref{http://www.amanda.org}.
6030
6031 @FIXME{
6032
6033 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
6034 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
6035 distribution.
6036
6037 @itemize @bullet
6038 @item dumps
6039 @itemize @minus
6040 @item what are dumps
6041 @item different levels of dumps
6042 @itemize +
6043 @item full dump = dump everything
6044 @item level 1, level 2 dumps etc
6045 A level @var{n} dump dumps everything changed since the last level
6046 @var{n}-1 dump (?)
6047 @end itemize
6048 @item how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
6049 @itemize +
6050 @item scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
6051 @end itemize
6052 @item Backup Specs, what is it.
6053 @itemize +
6054 @item how to customize
6055 @item actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
6056 @end itemize
6057 @item Problems
6058 @itemize +
6059 @item rsh doesn't work
6060 @item rtape isn't installed
6061 @item (others?)
6062 @end itemize
6063 @item the @option{--incremental} option of tar
6064 @item tapes
6065 @itemize +
6066 @item write protection
6067 @item types of media, different sizes and types, useful for different things
6068 @item files and tape marks
6069 one tape mark between files, two at end.
6070 @item positioning the tape
6071 MT writes two at end of write,
6072 backspaces over one when writing again.
6073 @end itemize
6074 @end itemize
6075 @end itemize
6076 }
6077
6078 This chapter documents both the provided shell scripts and @command{tar}
6079 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
6080
6081 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
6082 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
6083 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
6084 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
6085 called @dfn{dumps}.
6086
6087 @menu
6088 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
6089 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
6090 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
6091 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
6092 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
6093 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
6094 @end menu
6095
6096 @node Full Dumps
6097 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
6098 @UNREVISED
6099
6100 @cindex full dumps
6101 @cindex dumps, full
6102
6103 @cindex corrupted archives
6104 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
6105 are modifying files in the file system. If files are modified while
6106 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
6107 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
6108 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
6109 not corrupt the entire archive.)
6110
6111 You will want to use the @option{--label=@var{archive-label}}
6112 (@option{-V @var{archive-label}}) option to give the archive a
6113 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
6114 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
6115
6116 Unless the file system you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
6117 one volume, you will need to use the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option.
6118 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
6119
6120 If you want to dump each file system separately you will need to use
6121 the @option{--one-file-system} option to prevent
6122 @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when storing
6123 (sub)directories.
6124
6125 The @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) (@pxref{Incremental Dumps})
6126 option is not needed, since this is a complete copy of everything in
6127 the file system, and a full restore from this backup would only be
6128 done onto a completely
6129 empty disk.
6130
6131 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
6132 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @option{--verify} (@option{-W})
6133 option, to make sure your files really made it onto the dump properly.
6134 This will also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just
6135 after) it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes)
6136 are capable of being verified, unfortunately.
6137
6138 @node Incremental Dumps
6139 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
6140
6141 @dfn{Incremental backup} is a special form of @GNUTAR{} archive that
6142 stores additional metadata so that exact state of the file system
6143 can be restored when extracting the archive.
6144
6145 @GNUTAR{} currently offers two options for handling incremental
6146 backups: @option{--listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}} (@option{-g
6147 @var{snapshot-file}}) and @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}).
6148
6149 @xopindex{listed-incremental, described}
6150 The option @option{--listed-incremental} instructs tar to operate on
6151 an incremental archive with additional metadata stored in a standalone
6152 file, called a @dfn{snapshot file}. The purpose of this file is to help
6153 determine which files have been changed, added or deleted since the
6154 last backup, so that the next incremental backup will contain only
6155 modified files. The name of the snapshot file is given as an argument
6156 to the option:
6157
6158 @table @option
6159 @item --listed-incremental=@var{file}
6160 @itemx -g @var{file}
6161 Handle incremental backups with snapshot data in @var{file}.
6162 @end table
6163
6164 To create an incremental backup, you would use
6165 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--create}
6166 (@pxref{create}). For example:
6167
6168 @smallexample
6169 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6170 --file=archive.1.tar \
6171 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
6172 /usr}
6173 @end smallexample
6174
6175 This will create in @file{archive.1.tar} an incremental backup of
6176 the @file{/usr} file system, storing additional metadata in the file
6177 @file{/var/log/usr.snar}. If this file does not exist, it will be
6178 created. The created archive will then be a @dfn{level 0 backup};
6179 please see the next section for more on backup levels.
6180
6181 Otherwise, if the file @file{/var/log/usr.snar} exists, it
6182 determines which files are modified. In this case only these files will be
6183 stored in the archive. Suppose, for example, that after running the
6184 above command, you delete file @file{/usr/doc/old} and create
6185 directory @file{/usr/local/db} with the following contents:
6186
6187 @smallexample
6188 $ @kbd{ls /usr/local/db}
6189 /usr/local/db/data
6190 /usr/local/db/index
6191 @end smallexample
6192
6193 Some time later you create another incremental backup. You will
6194 then see:
6195
6196 @smallexample
6197 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6198 --file=archive.2.tar \
6199 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
6200 /usr}
6201 tar: usr/local/db: Directory is new
6202 usr/local/db/
6203 usr/local/db/data
6204 usr/local/db/index
6205 @end smallexample
6206
6207 @noindent
6208 The created archive @file{archive.2.tar} will contain only these
6209 three members. This archive is called a @dfn{level 1 backup}. Notice
6210 that @file{/var/log/usr.snar} will be updated with the new data, so if
6211 you plan to create more @samp{level 1} backups, it is necessary to
6212 create a working copy of the snapshot file before running
6213 @command{tar}. The above example will then be modified as follows:
6214
6215 @smallexample
6216 $ @kbd{cp /var/log/usr.snar /var/log/usr.snar-1}
6217 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6218 --file=archive.2.tar \
6219 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar-1 \
6220 /usr}
6221 @end smallexample
6222
6223 @anchor{--level=0}
6224 @xopindex{level, described}
6225 You can force @samp{level 0} backups either by removing the snapshot
6226 file before running @command{tar}, or by supplying the
6227 @option{--level=0} option, e.g.:
6228
6229 @smallexample
6230 $ @kbd{tar --create \
6231 --file=archive.2.tar \
6232 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar-0 \
6233 --level=0 \
6234 /usr}
6235 @end smallexample
6236
6237 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
6238 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.,
6239 with the @option{--atime-preserve=replace} option), or if you set the clock
6240 backwards.
6241
6242 @anchor{device numbers}
6243 @cindex Device numbers, using in incremental backups
6244 Metadata stored in snapshot files include device numbers, which,
6245 obviously are supposed to be non-volatile values. However, it turns
6246 out that @acronym{NFS} devices have undependable values when an automounter
6247 gets in the picture. This can lead to a great deal of spurious
6248 redumping in incremental dumps, so it is somewhat useless to compare
6249 two @acronym{NFS} devices numbers over time. The solution implemented
6250 currently is to consider all @acronym{NFS} devices as being equal
6251 when it comes to comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but
6252 there does not seem to be a better way to go.
6253
6254 Apart from using @acronym{NFS}, there are a number of cases where
6255 relying on device numbers can cause spurious redumping of unmodified
6256 files. For example, this occurs when archiving @acronym{LVM} snapshot
6257 volumes. To avoid this, use @option{--no-check-device} option:
6258
6259 @table @option
6260 @xopindex{no-check-device, described}
6261 @item --no-check-device
6262 Do not rely on device numbers when preparing a list of changed files
6263 for an incremental dump.
6264
6265 @xopindex{check-device, described}
6266 @item --check-device
6267 Use device numbers when preparing a list of changed files
6268 for an incremental dump. This is the default behavior. The purpose
6269 of this option is to undo the effect of the @option{--no-check-device}
6270 if it was given in @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable
6271 (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}).
6272 @end table
6273
6274 There is also another way to cope with changing device numbers. It is
6275 described in detail in @ref{Fixing Snapshot Files}.
6276
6277 Note that incremental archives use @command{tar} extensions and may
6278 not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the @command{tar} program.
6279
6280 @xopindex{listed-incremental, using with @option{--extract}}
6281 @xopindex{extract, using with @option{--listed-incremental}}
6282 To extract from the incremental dumps, use
6283 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--extract}
6284 option (@pxref{extracting files}). In this case, @command{tar} does
6285 not need to access snapshot file, since all the data necessary for
6286 extraction are stored in the archive itself. So, when extracting, you
6287 can give whatever argument to @option{--listed-incremental}, the usual
6288 practice is to use @option{--listed-incremental=/dev/null}.
6289 Alternatively, you can use @option{--incremental}, which needs no
6290 arguments. In general, @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) can be
6291 used as a shortcut for @option{--listed-incremental} when listing or
6292 extracting incremental backups (for more information regarding this
6293 option, @pxref{incremental-op}).
6294
6295 When extracting from the incremental backup @GNUTAR{} attempts to
6296 restore the exact state the file system had when the archive was
6297 created. In particular, it will @emph{delete} those files in the file
6298 system that did not exist in their directories when the archive was
6299 created. If you have created several levels of incremental files,
6300 then in order to restore the exact contents the file system had when
6301 the last level was created, you will need to restore from all backups
6302 in turn. Continuing our example, to restore the state of @file{/usr}
6303 file system, one would do@footnote{Notice, that since both archives
6304 were created without @option{-P} option (@pxref{absolute}), these
6305 commands should be run from the root file system.}:
6306
6307 @smallexample
6308 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
6309 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
6310 --file archive.1.tar}
6311 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
6312 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
6313 --file archive.2.tar}
6314 @end smallexample
6315
6316 To list the contents of an incremental archive, use @option{--list}
6317 (@pxref{list}), as usual. To obtain more information about the
6318 archive, use @option{--listed-incremental} or @option{--incremental}
6319 combined with two @option{--verbose} options@footnote{Two
6320 @option{--verbose} options were selected to avoid breaking usual
6321 verbose listing output (@option{--list --verbose}) when using in
6322 scripts.
6323
6324 @xopindex{incremental, using with @option{--list}}
6325 @xopindex{listed-incremental, using with @option{--list}}
6326 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--incremental}}
6327 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--listed-incremental}}
6328 Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1 used to dump verbatim binary
6329 contents of the DUMPDIR header (with terminating nulls) when
6330 @option{--incremental} or @option{--listed-incremental} option was
6331 given, no matter what the verbosity level. This behavior, and,
6332 especially, the binary output it produced were considered inconvenient
6333 and were changed in version 1.16.}:
6334
6335 @smallexample
6336 @kbd{tar --list --incremental --verbose --verbose archive.tar}
6337 @end smallexample
6338
6339 This command will print, for each directory in the archive, the list
6340 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
6341 information is put out in a format which is both human-readable and
6342 unambiguous for a program: each file name is printed as
6343
6344 @smallexample
6345 @var{x} @var{file}
6346 @end smallexample
6347
6348 @noindent
6349 where @var{x} is a letter describing the status of the file: @samp{Y}
6350 if the file is present in the archive, @samp{N} if the file is not
6351 included in the archive, or a @samp{D} if the file is a directory (and
6352 is included in the archive). @xref{Dumpdir}, for the detailed
6353 description of dumpdirs and status codes. Each such
6354 line is terminated by a newline character. The last line is followed
6355 by an additional newline to indicate the end of the data.
6356
6357 @anchor{incremental-op}The option @option{--incremental} (@option{-G})
6358 gives the same behavior as @option{--listed-incremental} when used
6359 with @option{--list} and @option{--extract} options. When used with
6360 @option{--create} option, it creates an incremental archive without
6361 creating snapshot file. Thus, it is impossible to create several
6362 levels of incremental backups with @option{--incremental} option.
6363
6364 @node Backup Levels
6365 @section Levels of Backups
6366
6367 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
6368 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
6369 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
6370 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
6371 are daily re-archived.
6372
6373 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
6374 files between full dumps, you can use @dfn{incremental dumps}. A @dfn{level
6375 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
6376 dump.
6377
6378 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
6379 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
6380 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
6381 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
6382 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
6383 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
6384 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
6385 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble.)
6386
6387 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
6388 and level-one (actually, even level-two and so on) dumps. Using
6389 scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and restoration is a
6390 convenient and reliable alternative to typing out file name lists
6391 and @command{tar} commands by hand.
6392
6393 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
6394 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
6395 scripts and by the restore script. This file is usually located
6396 in @file{/etc/backup} directory. @xref{Backup Parameters}, for its
6397 detailed description. Once the backup parameters are set, you can
6398 perform backups or restoration by running the appropriate script.
6399
6400 The name of the backup script is @code{backup}. The name of the
6401 restore script is @code{restore}. The following sections describe
6402 their use in detail.
6403
6404 @emph{Please Note:} The backup and restoration scripts are
6405 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
6406 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
6407 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
6408 it is easier to use the scripts. @xref{Incremental Dumps}, before
6409 making such an attempt.
6410
6411 @node Backup Parameters
6412 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
6413
6414 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
6415 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
6416 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
6417 before using these scripts.
6418
6419 Syntactically, @file{backup-specs} is a shell script, containing
6420 mainly variable assignments. However, any valid shell construct
6421 is allowed in this file. Particularly, you may wish to define
6422 functions within that script (e.g., see @code{RESTORE_BEGIN} below).
6423 For more information about shell script syntax, please refer to
6424 @url{http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#ta
6425 g_02, the definition of the Shell Command Language}. See also
6426 @ref{Top,,Bash Features,bashref,Bash Reference Manual}.
6427
6428 The shell variables controlling behavior of @code{backup} and
6429 @code{restore} are described in the following subsections.
6430
6431 @menu
6432 * General-Purpose Variables::
6433 * Magnetic Tape Control::
6434 * User Hooks::
6435 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
6436 @end menu
6437
6438 @node General-Purpose Variables
6439 @subsection General-Purpose Variables
6440
6441 @defvr {Backup variable} ADMINISTRATOR
6442 The user name of the backup administrator. @code{Backup} scripts
6443 sends a backup report to this address.
6444 @end defvr
6445
6446 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_HOUR
6447 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
6448 to 23, or the time specification in form @var{hours}:@var{minutes},
6449 or the string @samp{now}.
6450
6451 This variable is used by @code{backup}. Its value may be overridden
6452 using @option{--time} option (@pxref{Scripted Backups}).
6453 @end defvr
6454
6455 @defvr {Backup variable} TAPE_FILE
6456
6457 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. If @var{TAPE_FILE}
6458 is a remote archive (@pxref{remote-dev}), backup script will suppose
6459 that your @command{mt} is able to access remote devices. If @var{RSH}
6460 (@pxref{RSH}) is set, @option{--rsh-command} option will be added to
6461 invocations of @command{mt}.
6462 @end defvr
6463
6464 @defvr {Backup variable} BLOCKING
6465
6466 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
6467 @xref{Blocking Factor}.
6468 @end defvr
6469
6470 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_DIRS
6471
6472 A list of file systems to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
6473 (for @code{restore}). You can include any directory
6474 name in the list --- subdirectories on that file system will be
6475 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
6476 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
6477
6478 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
6479 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
6480 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
6481 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
6482 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
6483 machine where the scripts are run (i.e., what @command{pwd} will print
6484 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
6485 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
6486 host as long as it can access the file system through @acronym{NFS}.
6487
6488 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to put it
6489 in a separate file. This file is usually named
6490 @file{/etc/backup/dirs}, but this name may be overridden in
6491 @file{backup-specs} using @code{DIRLIST} variable.
6492 @end defvr
6493
6494 @defvr {Backup variable} DIRLIST
6495
6496 The name of the file that contains a list of file systems to backup
6497 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/dirs}.
6498 @end defvr
6499
6500 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_FILES
6501
6502 A list of individual files to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
6503 (for @code{restore}). These should be accessible from the machine on
6504 which the backup script is run.
6505
6506 If the list of individual files is very long you may wish to store it
6507 in a separate file. This file is usually named
6508 @file{/etc/backup/files}, but this name may be overridden in
6509 @file{backup-specs} using @code{FILELIST} variable.
6510 @end defvr
6511
6512 @defvr {Backup variable} FILELIST
6513
6514 The name of the file that contains a list of individual files to backup
6515 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/files}.
6516 @end defvr
6517
6518 @defvr {Backup variable} MT
6519
6520 Full file name of @command{mt} binary.
6521 @end defvr
6522
6523 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH
6524 @anchor{RSH}
6525 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary or its equivalent. You may wish to
6526 set it to @code{ssh}, to improve security. In this case you will have
6527 to use public key authentication.
6528 @end defvr
6529
6530 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH_COMMAND
6531
6532 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary on remote machines. This will
6533 be passed via @option{--rsh-command} option to the remote invocation
6534 of @GNUTAR{}.
6535 @end defvr
6536
6537 @defvr {Backup variable} VOLNO_FILE
6538
6539 Name of temporary file to hold volume numbers. This needs to be accessible
6540 by all the machines which have file systems to be dumped.
6541 @end defvr
6542
6543 @defvr {Backup variable} XLIST
6544
6545 Name of @dfn{exclude file list}. An @dfn{exclude file list} is a file
6546 located on the remote machine and containing the list of files to
6547 be excluded from the backup. Exclude file lists are searched in
6548 /etc/tar-backup directory. A common use for exclude file lists
6549 is to exclude files containing security-sensitive information
6550 (e.g., @file{/etc/shadow} from backups).
6551
6552 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
6553 @end defvr
6554
6555 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_TIME
6556
6557 Time to sleep between dumps of any two successive file systems
6558
6559 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
6560 @end defvr
6561
6562 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT
6563
6564 Script to be run when it's time to insert a new tape in for the next
6565 volume. Administrators may want to tailor this script for their site.
6566 If this variable isn't set, @GNUTAR{} will display its built-in
6567 prompt, and will expect confirmation from the console. For the
6568 description of the default prompt, see @ref{change volume prompt}.
6569
6570 @end defvr
6571
6572 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_MESSAGE
6573
6574 Message to display on the terminal while waiting for dump time. Usually
6575 this will just be some literal text.
6576 @end defvr
6577
6578 @defvr {Backup variable} TAR
6579
6580 Full file name of the @GNUTAR{} executable. If this is not set, backup
6581 scripts will search @command{tar} in the current shell path.
6582 @end defvr
6583
6584 @node Magnetic Tape Control
6585 @subsection Magnetic Tape Control
6586
6587 Backup scripts access tape device using special @dfn{hook functions}.
6588 These functions take a single argument --- the name of the tape
6589 device. Their names are kept in the following variables:
6590
6591 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_BEGIN
6592 The name of @dfn{begin} function. This function is called before
6593 accessing the drive. By default it retensions the tape:
6594
6595 @smallexample
6596 MT_BEGIN=mt_begin
6597
6598 mt_begin() @{
6599 mt -f "$1" retension
6600 @}
6601 @end smallexample
6602 @end defvr
6603
6604 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_REWIND
6605 The name of @dfn{rewind} function. The default definition is as
6606 follows:
6607
6608 @smallexample
6609 MT_REWIND=mt_rewind
6610
6611 mt_rewind() @{
6612 mt -f "$1" rewind
6613 @}
6614 @end smallexample
6615
6616 @end defvr
6617
6618 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_OFFLINE
6619 The name of the function switching the tape off line. By default
6620 it is defined as follows:
6621
6622 @smallexample
6623 MT_OFFLINE=mt_offline
6624
6625 mt_offline() @{
6626 mt -f "$1" offl
6627 @}
6628 @end smallexample
6629 @end defvr
6630
6631 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_STATUS
6632 The name of the function used to obtain the status of the archive device,
6633 including error count. Default definition:
6634
6635 @smallexample
6636 MT_STATUS=mt_status
6637
6638 mt_status() @{
6639 mt -f "$1" status
6640 @}
6641 @end smallexample
6642 @end defvr
6643
6644 @node User Hooks
6645 @subsection User Hooks
6646
6647 @dfn{User hooks} are shell functions executed before and after
6648 each @command{tar} invocation. Thus, there are @dfn{backup
6649 hooks}, which are executed before and after dumping each file
6650 system, and @dfn{restore hooks}, executed before and
6651 after restoring a file system. Each user hook is a shell function
6652 taking four arguments:
6653
6654 @deffn {User Hook Function} hook @var{level} @var{host} @var{fs} @var{fsname}
6655 Its arguments are:
6656
6657 @table @var
6658 @item level
6659 Current backup or restore level.
6660
6661 @item host
6662 Name or IP address of the host machine being dumped or restored.
6663
6664 @item fs
6665 Full file name of the file system being dumped or restored.
6666
6667 @item fsname
6668 File system name with directory separators replaced with colons. This
6669 is useful, e.g., for creating unique files.
6670 @end table
6671 @end deffn
6672
6673 Following variables keep the names of user hook functions:
6674
6675 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_BEGIN
6676 Dump begin function. It is executed before dumping the file system.
6677 @end defvr
6678
6679 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_END
6680 Executed after dumping the file system.
6681 @end defvr
6682
6683 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_BEGIN
6684 Executed before restoring the file system.
6685 @end defvr
6686
6687 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_END
6688 Executed after restoring the file system.
6689 @end defvr
6690
6691 @node backup-specs example
6692 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
6693
6694 The following is an example of @file{backup-specs}:
6695
6696 @smallexample
6697 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
6698
6699 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
6700 BACKUP_HOUR=1
6701 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
6702
6703 # Use @code{ssh} instead of the less secure @code{rsh}
6704 RSH=/usr/bin/ssh
6705 RSH_COMMAND=/usr/bin/ssh
6706
6707 # Override MT_STATUS function:
6708 my_status() @{
6709 mts -t $TAPE_FILE
6710 @}
6711 MT_STATUS=my_status
6712
6713 # Disable MT_OFFLINE function
6714 MT_OFFLINE=:
6715
6716 BLOCKING=124
6717 BACKUP_DIRS="
6718 albert:/fs/fsf
6719 apple-gunkies:/gd
6720 albert:/fs/gd2
6721 albert:/fs/gp
6722 geech:/usr/jla
6723 churchy:/usr/roland
6724 albert:/
6725 albert:/usr
6726 apple-gunkies:/
6727 apple-gunkies:/usr
6728 gnu:/hack
6729 gnu:/u
6730 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
6731 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
6732
6733 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
6734
6735 @end smallexample
6736
6737 @node Scripted Backups
6738 @section Using the Backup Scripts
6739
6740 The syntax for running a backup script is:
6741
6742 @smallexample
6743 backup --level=@var{level} --time=@var{time}
6744 @end smallexample
6745
6746 The @option{--level} option requests the dump level. Thus, to produce
6747 a full dump, specify @code{--level=0} (this is the default, so
6748 @option{--level} may be omitted if its value is
6749 @code{0})@footnote{For backward compatibility, the @code{backup} will also
6750 try to deduce the requested dump level from the name of the
6751 script itself. If the name consists of a string @samp{level-}
6752 followed by a single decimal digit, that digit is taken as
6753 the dump level number. Thus, you may create a link from @code{backup}
6754 to @code{level-1} and then run @code{level-1} whenever you need to
6755 create a level one dump.}.
6756
6757 The @option{--time} option determines when should the backup be
6758 run. @var{Time} may take three forms:
6759
6760 @table @asis
6761 @item @var{hh}:@var{mm}
6762
6763 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours @var{mm} minutes.
6764
6765 @item @var{hh}
6766
6767 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours.
6768
6769 @item now
6770
6771 The dump must be run immediately.
6772 @end table
6773
6774 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
6775 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
6776 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
6777 files --- a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
6778 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
6779 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
6780 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
6781 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive (@pxref{Scripted
6782 Restoration}).
6783
6784 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
6785 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
6786 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
6787 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
6788 them. @xref{Snapshot Files}, for a more detailed explanation of this
6789 file.
6790
6791 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
6792 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
6793 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
6794 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
6795 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
6796 @file{log-@var{mm-dd-yyyy}-level-@var{n}}, where @var{mm-dd-yyyy}
6797 represents current date, and @var{n} represents current dump level number.
6798
6799 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
6800 standard output.
6801
6802 Following is the full list of options accepted by @code{backup}
6803 script:
6804
6805 @table @option
6806 @item -l @var{level}
6807 @itemx --level=@var{level}
6808 Do backup level @var{level} (default 0).
6809
6810 @item -f
6811 @itemx --force
6812 Force backup even if today's log file already exists.
6813
6814 @item -v[@var{level}]
6815 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
6816 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
6817 information will be output during execution. Default @var{level}
6818 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
6819
6820 @item -t @var{start-time}
6821 @itemx --time=@var{start-time}
6822 Wait till @var{time}, then do backup.
6823
6824 @item -h
6825 @itemx --help
6826 Display short help message and exit.
6827
6828 @item -V
6829 @itemx --version
6830 Display information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
6831 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
6832 @end table
6833
6834
6835 @node Scripted Restoration
6836 @section Using the Restore Script
6837
6838 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
6839 @code{restore} script. Its usage is quite straightforward. In the
6840 simplest form, invoke @code{restore --all}, it will
6841 then restore all the file systems and files specified in
6842 @file{backup-specs} (@pxref{General-Purpose Variables,BACKUP_DIRS}).
6843
6844 You may select the file systems (and/or files) to restore by
6845 giving @code{restore} a list of @dfn{patterns} in its command
6846 line. For example, running
6847
6848 @smallexample
6849 restore 'albert:*'
6850 @end smallexample
6851
6852 @noindent
6853 will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}. A more
6854 complicated example:
6855
6856 @smallexample
6857 restore 'albert:*' '*:/var'
6858 @end smallexample
6859
6860 @noindent
6861 This command will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}
6862 as well as @file{/var} file system on all machines.
6863
6864 By default @code{restore} will start restoring files from the lowest
6865 available dump level (usually zero) and will continue through
6866 all available dump levels. There may be situations where such a
6867 thorough restore is not necessary. For example, you may wish to
6868 restore only files from the recent level one backup. To do so,
6869 use @option{--level} option, as shown in the example below:
6870
6871 @smallexample
6872 restore --level=1
6873 @end smallexample
6874
6875 The full list of options accepted by @code{restore} follows:
6876
6877 @table @option
6878 @item -a
6879 @itemx --all
6880 Restore all file systems and files specified in @file{backup-specs}.
6881
6882 @item -l @var{level}
6883 @itemx --level=@var{level}
6884 Start restoring from the given backup level, instead of the default 0.
6885
6886 @item -v[@var{level}]
6887 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
6888 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
6889 information will be output during execution. Default @var{level}
6890 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
6891
6892 @item -h
6893 @itemx --help
6894 Display short help message and exit.
6895
6896 @item -V
6897 @itemx --version
6898 Display information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
6899 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
6900 @end table
6901
6902 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
6903 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
6904 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
6905 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
6906 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
6907 the tape as needed. @xref{Tape Positioning}, for a discussion of tape
6908 positioning.
6909
6910 @quotation
6911 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
6912 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
6913 @end quotation
6914
6915 @xref{Incremental Dumps}, for an explanation of how the script makes
6916 that determination.
6917
6918 @node Choosing
6919 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
6920
6921 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
6922 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
6923 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
6924 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
6925 are in specified directories.
6926
6927 This chapter discusses these options in detail.
6928
6929 @menu
6930 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
6931 * Selecting Archive Members::
6932 * files:: Reading Names from a File
6933 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
6934 * wildcards:: Wildcards Patterns and Matching
6935 * quoting styles:: Ways of Quoting Special Characters in Names
6936 * transform:: Modifying File and Member Names
6937 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
6938 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
6939 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
6940 @end menu
6941
6942 @node file
6943 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
6944
6945 @cindex Naming an archive
6946 @cindex Archive Name
6947 @cindex Choosing an archive file
6948 @cindex Where is the archive?
6949 @opindex file
6950 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
6951 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
6952 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
6953 on the system may not have set the default to a meaningful value as far as
6954 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
6955 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The
6956 @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}})
6957 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
6958 instead of the default archive file location.
6959
6960 @table @option
6961 @xopindex{file, short description}
6962 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
6963 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
6964 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
6965 any operation.
6966 @end table
6967
6968 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
6969
6970 @smallexample
6971 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
6972 @end smallexample
6973
6974 @noindent
6975 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
6976 follow the @option{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @option{-f}
6977 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
6978 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
6979 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
6980 for the archive name.
6981
6982 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
6983 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
6984 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
6985
6986 @cindex Writing new archives
6987 @cindex Archive creation
6988 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
6989 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
6990 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
6991 name, usually that for tape unit zero (i.e., @file{/dev/tu00}).
6992
6993 @cindex Standard input and output
6994 @cindex tar to standard input and output
6995 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
6996 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
6997 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
6998 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
6999 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
7000 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
7001
7002 The following example is a convenient way of copying directory
7003 hierarchy from @file{sourcedir} to @file{targetdir}.
7004
7005 @smallexample
7006 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar -cf - .) | (cd targetdir; tar -xpf -)}
7007 @end smallexample
7008
7009 The @option{-C} option allows to avoid using subshells:
7010
7011 @smallexample
7012 $ @kbd{tar -C sourcedir -cf - . | tar -C targetdir -xpf -}
7013 @end smallexample
7014
7015 In both examples above, the leftmost @command{tar} invocation archives
7016 the contents of @file{sourcedir} to the standard output, while the
7017 rightmost one reads this archive from its standard input and
7018 extracts it. The @option{-p} option tells it to restore permissions
7019 of the extracted files.
7020
7021 @cindex Remote devices
7022 @cindex tar to a remote device
7023 @anchor{remote-dev}
7024 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
7025 use the following:
7026
7027 @smallexample
7028 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file-name}}
7029 @end smallexample
7030
7031 @noindent
7032 @command{tar} will set up the remote connection, if possible, and
7033 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
7034 @option{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file-name}}, @command{tar}
7035 will attempt to set up the remote connection using your username
7036 as the username on the remote machine.
7037
7038 @cindex Local and remote archives
7039 @anchor{local and remote archives}
7040 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
7041 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
7042 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
7043 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
7044 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
7045 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
7046 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
7047 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
7048 have the @file{rmt} program installed (this command is included in
7049 the @GNUTAR{} distribution and by default is installed under
7050 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} means your
7051 installation prefix). If you need to use a file whose name includes a
7052 colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
7053 can be inhibited by using the @option{--force-local} option.
7054
7055 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
7056 tries to minimize input and output operations. The Amanda backup
7057 system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has an initial sizing pass which
7058 uses this feature.
7059
7060 @node Selecting Archive Members
7061 @section Selecting Archive Members
7062 @cindex Specifying files to act on
7063 @cindex Specifying archive members
7064
7065 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
7066 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
7067 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
7068 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
7069
7070 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
7071 the command line, as follows:
7072 @smallexample
7073 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
7074 @end smallexample
7075
7076 If a file name begins with dash (@samp{-}), precede it with
7077 @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from being treated as an
7078 option.
7079
7080 @anchor{input name quoting}
7081 By default @GNUTAR{} attempts to @dfn{unquote} each file or member
7082 name, replacing @dfn{escape sequences} according to the following
7083 table:
7084
7085 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.60
7086 @headitem Escape @tab Replaced with
7087 @item \a @tab Audible bell (@acronym{ASCII} 7)
7088 @item \b @tab Backspace (@acronym{ASCII} 8)
7089 @item \f @tab Form feed (@acronym{ASCII} 12)
7090 @item \n @tab New line (@acronym{ASCII} 10)
7091 @item \r @tab Carriage return (@acronym{ASCII} 13)
7092 @item \t @tab Horizontal tabulation (@acronym{ASCII} 9)
7093 @item \v @tab Vertical tabulation (@acronym{ASCII} 11)
7094 @item \? @tab @acronym{ASCII} 127
7095 @item \@var{n} @tab @acronym{ASCII} @var{n} (@var{n} should be an octal number
7096 of up to 3 digits)
7097 @end multitable
7098
7099 A backslash followed by any other symbol is retained.
7100
7101 This default behavior is controlled by the following command line
7102 option:
7103
7104 @table @option
7105 @opindex unquote
7106 @item --unquote
7107 Enable unquoting input file or member names (default).
7108
7109 @opindex no-unquote
7110 @item --no-unquote
7111 Disable unquoting input file or member names.
7112 @end table
7113
7114 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
7115 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
7116
7117 If you do not specify files, @command{tar} behavior differs depending
7118 on the operation mode as described below:
7119
7120 When @command{tar} is invoked with @option{--create} (@option{-c}),
7121 @command{tar} will stop immediately, reporting the following:
7122
7123 @smallexample
7124 @group
7125 $ @kbd{tar cf a.tar}
7126 tar: Cowardly refusing to create an empty archive
7127 Try 'tar --help' or 'tar --usage' for more information.
7128 @end group
7129 @end smallexample
7130
7131 If you specify either @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or
7132 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}), @command{tar}
7133 operates on all the archive members in the archive.
7134
7135 If run with @option{--diff} option, tar will compare the archive with
7136 the contents of the current working directory.
7137
7138 If you specify any other operation, @command{tar} does nothing.
7139
7140 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
7141 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
7142 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
7143 operate. In general, these methods work both for specifying the names
7144 of files and archive members.
7145
7146 @node files
7147 @section Reading Names from a File
7148
7149 @cindex Reading file names from a file
7150 @cindex Lists of file names
7151 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
7152 @cindex @command{find}, using with @command{tar}
7153 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
7154 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
7155 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T
7156 @var{file-of-names}}) option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the
7157 file which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
7158 @option{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
7159 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
7160 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
7161
7162 @table @option
7163 @opindex files-from
7164 @item --files-from=@var{file-name}
7165 @itemx -T @var{file-name}
7166 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file-name}.
7167 @end table
7168
7169 If you give a single dash as a file name for @option{--files-from}, (i.e.,
7170 you specify either @code{--files-from=-} or @code{-T -}), then the file
7171 names are read from standard input.
7172
7173 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @option{--create}, you can not use
7174 both @code{--files-from=-} and @code{--file=-} (@code{-f -}) in the same
7175 command.
7176
7177 Any number of @option{-T} options can be given in the command line.
7178
7179 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
7180 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
7181 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @option{-T} option to
7182 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
7183 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @option{-z} option to
7184 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
7185 more information.)
7186
7187 @smallexample
7188 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
7189 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
7190 @end smallexample
7191
7192 @noindent
7193 In the file list given by @option{-T} option, any file name beginning
7194 with @samp{-} character is considered a @command{tar} option and is
7195 processed accordingly@footnote{Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1
7196 recognized only @option{-C} option in file lists, and only if the
7197 option and its argument occupied two consecutive lines.}. For example,
7198 the common use of this feature is to change to another directory by
7199 specifying @option{-C} option:
7200
7201 @smallexample
7202 @group
7203 $ @kbd{cat list}
7204 -C/etc
7205 passwd
7206 hosts
7207 -C/lib
7208 libc.a
7209 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
7210 @end group
7211 @end smallexample
7212
7213 @noindent
7214 In this example, @command{tar} will first switch to @file{/etc}
7215 directory and add files @file{passwd} and @file{hosts} to the
7216 archive. Then it will change to @file{/lib} directory and will archive
7217 the file @file{libc.a}. Thus, the resulting archive @file{foo.tar} will
7218 contain:
7219
7220 @smallexample
7221 @group
7222 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
7223 passwd
7224 hosts
7225 libc.a
7226 @end group
7227 @end smallexample
7228
7229 @opindex add-file
7230 If you happen to have a file whose name starts with @samp{-},
7231 precede it with @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from
7232 being recognized as an option. For example: @code{--add-file=--my-file}.
7233
7234 @menu
7235 * nul::
7236 @end menu
7237
7238 @node nul
7239 @subsection @code{NUL}-Terminated File Names
7240
7241 @cindex File names, terminated by @code{NUL}
7242 @cindex @code{NUL}-terminated file names
7243 The @option{--null} option causes
7244 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}})
7245 to read file names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so
7246 files whose names contain newlines can be archived using
7247 @option{--files-from}.
7248
7249 @table @option
7250 @xopindex{null, described}
7251 @item --null
7252 Only consider @code{NUL}-terminated file names, instead of files that
7253 terminate in a newline.
7254
7255 @xopindex{no-null, described}
7256 @item --no-null
7257 Undo the effect of any previous @option{--null} option.
7258 @end table
7259
7260 The @option{--null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
7261 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
7262 @option{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
7263 @command{tar}, @option{--null} also disables special handling for
7264 file names that begin with dash.
7265
7266 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
7267 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
7268 @file{long-files}. The @option{-print0} option to @command{find} is just
7269 like @option{-print}, except that it separates files with a @code{NUL}
7270 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
7271 @option{--null} and @option{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} gets the
7272 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
7273 @file{big.tgz}. The @option{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
7274 @command{tar} to recognize the @code{NUL} separator between files.
7275
7276 @smallexample
7277 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
7278 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
7279 @end smallexample
7280
7281 The @option{--no-null} option can be used if you need to read both
7282 @code{NUL}-terminated and newline-terminated files on the same command line.
7283 For example, if @file{flist} is a newline-terminated file, then the
7284 following command can be used to combine it with the above command:
7285
7286 @smallexample
7287 @group
7288 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 |
7289 tar -c -f big.tar --null -T - --no-null -T flist}
7290 @end group
7291 @end smallexample
7292
7293 This example uses short options for typographic reasons, to avoid
7294 very long lines.
7295
7296 @GNUTAR is tries to automatically detect @code{NUL}-terminated file
7297 lists, so in many cases it is safe to use them even without the
7298 @option{--null} option. In this case @command{tar} will print a
7299 warning and continue reading such a file as if @option{--null} were
7300 actually given:
7301
7302 @smallexample
7303 @group
7304 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 | tar -c -f big.tar -T -}
7305 tar: -: file name read contains nul character
7306 @end group
7307 @end smallexample
7308
7309 The null terminator, however, remains in effect only for this
7310 particular file, any following @option{-T} options will assume
7311 newline termination. Of course, the null autodetection applies
7312 to these eventual surplus @option{-T} options as well.
7313
7314 @node exclude
7315 @section Excluding Some Files
7316
7317 @cindex File names, excluding files by
7318 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
7319 @cindex Excluding files by file system
7320 @opindex exclude
7321 @opindex exclude-from
7322 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
7323 use the @option{--exclude} or @option{--exclude-from} options.
7324
7325 @table @option
7326 @opindex exclude
7327 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
7328 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
7329 @end table
7330
7331 @findex exclude
7332 The @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} option prevents any file or
7333 member whose name matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from
7334 being operated on.
7335 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
7336 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
7337 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
7338
7339 You may give multiple @option{--exclude} options.
7340
7341 @table @option
7342 @opindex exclude-from
7343 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
7344 @itemx -X @var{file}
7345 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
7346 @var{file}.
7347 @end table
7348
7349 @findex exclude-from
7350 Use the @option{--exclude-from} option to read a
7351 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
7352 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
7353 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
7354 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
7355 added to the archive.
7356
7357 Notice, that lines from @var{file} are read verbatim. One of the
7358 frequent errors is leaving some extra whitespace after a file name,
7359 which is difficult to catch using text editors.
7360
7361 However, empty lines are OK.
7362
7363 @table @option
7364 @cindex version control system, excluding files
7365 @cindex VCS, excluding files
7366 @cindex SCCS, excluding files
7367 @cindex RCS, excluding files
7368 @cindex CVS, excluding files
7369 @cindex SVN, excluding files
7370 @cindex git, excluding files
7371 @cindex Bazaar, excluding files
7372 @cindex Arch, excluding files
7373 @cindex Mercurial, excluding files
7374 @cindex Darcs, excluding files
7375 @opindex exclude-vcs
7376 @item --exclude-vcs
7377 Exclude files and directories used by following version control
7378 systems: @samp{CVS}, @samp{RCS}, @samp{SCCS}, @samp{SVN}, @samp{Arch},
7379 @samp{Bazaar}, @samp{Mercurial}, and @samp{Darcs}.
7380
7381 As of version @value{VERSION}, the following files are excluded:
7382
7383 @itemize @bullet
7384 @item @file{CVS/}, and everything under it
7385 @item @file{RCS/}, and everything under it
7386 @item @file{SCCS/}, and everything under it
7387 @item @file{.git/}, and everything under it
7388 @item @file{.gitignore}
7389 @item @file{.cvsignore}
7390 @item @file{.svn/}, and everything under it
7391 @item @file{.arch-ids/}, and everything under it
7392 @item @file{@{arch@}/}, and everything under it
7393 @item @file{=RELEASE-ID}
7394 @item @file{=meta-update}
7395 @item @file{=update}
7396 @item @file{.bzr}
7397 @item @file{.bzrignore}
7398 @item @file{.bzrtags}
7399 @item @file{.hg}
7400 @item @file{.hgignore}
7401 @item @file{.hgrags}
7402 @item @file{_darcs}
7403 @end itemize
7404
7405 @opindex exclude-backups
7406 @item --exclude-backups
7407 Exclude backup and lock files. This option causes exclusion of files
7408 that match the following shell globbing patterns:
7409
7410 @table @asis
7411 @item .#*
7412 @item *~
7413 @item #*#
7414 @end table
7415
7416 @end table
7417
7418 @findex exclude-caches
7419 When creating an archive, the @option{--exclude-caches} option family
7420 causes @command{tar} to exclude all directories that contain a @dfn{cache
7421 directory tag}. A cache directory tag is a short file with the
7422 well-known name @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} and having a standard header
7423 specified in @url{http://www.brynosaurus.com/cachedir/spec.html}.
7424 Various applications write cache directory tags into directories they
7425 use to hold regenerable, non-precious data, so that such data can be
7426 more easily excluded from backups.
7427
7428 There are three @samp{exclude-caches} options, each providing a different
7429 exclusion semantics:
7430
7431 @table @option
7432 @opindex exclude-caches
7433 @item --exclude-caches
7434 Do not archive the contents of the directory, but archive the
7435 directory itself and the @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file.
7436
7437 @opindex exclude-caches-under
7438 @item --exclude-caches-under
7439 Do not archive the contents of the directory, nor the
7440 @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file, archive only the directory itself.
7441
7442 @opindex exclude-caches-all
7443 @item --exclude-caches-all
7444 Omit directories containing @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file entirely.
7445 @end table
7446
7447 @findex exclude-tag
7448 Another option family, @option{--exclude-tag}, provides a generalization of
7449 this concept. It takes a single argument, a file name to look for.
7450 Any directory that contains this file will be excluded from the dump.
7451 Similarly to @samp{exclude-caches}, there are three options in this
7452 option family:
7453
7454 @table @option
7455 @opindex exclude-tag
7456 @item --exclude-tag=@var{file}
7457 Do not dump the contents of the directory, but dump the
7458 directory itself and the @var{file}.
7459
7460 @opindex exclude-tag-under
7461 @item --exclude-tag-under=@var{file}
7462 Do not dump the contents of the directory, nor the
7463 @var{file}, archive only the directory itself.
7464
7465 @opindex exclude-tag-all
7466 @item --exclude-tag-all=@var{file}
7467 Omit directories containing @var{file} file entirely.
7468 @end table
7469
7470 Multiple @option{--exclude-tag*} options can be given.
7471
7472 For example, given this directory:
7473
7474 @smallexample
7475 @group
7476 $ @kbd{find dir}
7477 dir
7478 dir/blues
7479 dir/jazz
7480 dir/folk
7481 dir/folk/tagfile
7482 dir/folk/sanjuan
7483 dir/folk/trote
7484 @end group
7485 @end smallexample
7486
7487 The @option{--exclude-tag} will produce the following:
7488
7489 @smallexample
7490 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag=tagfile -v dir}
7491 dir/
7492 dir/blues
7493 dir/jazz
7494 dir/folk/
7495 tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7496 contents not dumped
7497 dir/folk/tagfile
7498 @end smallexample
7499
7500 Both the @file{dir/folk} directory and its tagfile are preserved in
7501 the archive, however the rest of files in this directory are not.
7502
7503 Now, using the @option{--exclude-tag-under} option will exclude
7504 @file{tagfile} from the dump, while still preserving the directory
7505 itself, as shown in this example:
7506
7507 @smallexample
7508 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag-under=tagfile -v dir}
7509 dir/
7510 dir/blues
7511 dir/jazz
7512 dir/folk/
7513 ./tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7514 contents not dumped
7515 @end smallexample
7516
7517 Finally, using @option{--exclude-tag-all} omits the @file{dir/folk}
7518 directory entirely:
7519
7520 @smallexample
7521 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag-all=tagfile -v dir}
7522 dir/
7523 dir/blues
7524 dir/jazz
7525 ./tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7526 directory not dumped
7527 @end smallexample
7528
7529 @menu
7530 * problems with exclude::
7531 @end menu
7532
7533 @node problems with exclude
7534 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
7535
7536 @xopindex{exclude, potential problems with}
7537 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
7538 pitfalls:
7539
7540 @itemize @bullet
7541 @item
7542 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a file name
7543 explicitly listed on the command line, if one of its file name
7544 components is excluded. In the example above, if
7545 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
7546 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
7547 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
7548
7549 @item
7550 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @option{--exclude} and
7551 @option{--exclude-from}. Be careful: use @option{--exclude} when files
7552 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
7553 @option{--exclude-from} to introduce the name of a file which contains
7554 a list of patterns, one per line; each of these patterns can exclude
7555 zero, one, or many files.
7556
7557 @item
7558 When you use @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}}, be sure to quote the
7559 @var{pattern} parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
7560 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
7561 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
7562 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
7563 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
7564
7565 For example, write:
7566
7567 @smallexample
7568 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
7569 @end smallexample
7570
7571 @noindent
7572 rather than:
7573
7574 @smallexample
7575 # @emph{Wrong!}
7576 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
7577 @end smallexample
7578
7579 @item
7580 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
7581 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
7582 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
7583 might fail.
7584
7585 @item
7586 @FIXME{The change in semantics must have occurred before 1.11,
7587 so I doubt if it is worth mentioning at all. Anyway, should at
7588 least specify in which version the semantics changed.}
7589 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
7590 @option{--exclude-from} option was called @option{--exclude} instead.
7591 Now, @option{--exclude} applies to patterns listed on the command
7592 line and @option{--exclude-from} applies to patterns listed in a
7593 file.
7594
7595 @end itemize
7596
7597 @node wildcards
7598 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
7599
7600 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
7601 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
7602 existing files matching the given pattern. @GNUTAR{} can use wildcard
7603 patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members when extracting
7604 from or listing an archive. Wildcard patterns are also used for
7605 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
7606 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
7607
7608 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
7609
7610 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
7611 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
7612 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
7613 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
7614 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
7615 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
7616 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
7617 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
7618 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
7619
7620 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
7621 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
7622 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
7623 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
7624 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
7625 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
7626 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
7627 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
7628 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
7629 @emph{last} in a character class.)
7630
7631 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
7632 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
7633 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
7634 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
7635 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
7636 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
7637
7638 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
7639 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
7640 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
7641 @var{e}, inclusive.
7642
7643 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
7644 who don't have dan around.}
7645
7646 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
7647 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
7648 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
7649 string: thus, excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
7650
7651 @menu
7652 * controlling pattern-matching::
7653 @end menu
7654
7655 @node controlling pattern-matching
7656 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching
7657
7658 For the purposes of this section, we call @dfn{exclusion members} all
7659 member names obtained while processing @option{--exclude} and
7660 @option{--exclude-from} options, and @dfn{inclusion members} those
7661 member names that were given in the command line or read from the file
7662 specified with @option{--files-from} option.
7663
7664 These two pairs of member lists are used in the following operations:
7665 @option{--diff}, @option{--extract}, @option{--list},
7666 @option{--update}.
7667
7668 There are no inclusion members in create mode (@option{--create} and
7669 @option{--append}), since in this mode the names obtained from the
7670 command line refer to @emph{files}, not archive members.
7671
7672 By default, inclusion members are compared with archive members
7673 literally @footnote{Notice that earlier @GNUTAR{} versions used
7674 globbing for inclusion members, which contradicted to UNIX98
7675 specification and was not documented. @xref{Changes}, for more
7676 information on this and other changes.} and exclusion members are
7677 treated as globbing patterns. For example:
7678
7679 @smallexample
7680 @group
7681 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
7682 a.c
7683 b.c
7684 a.txt
7685 [remarks]
7686 # @i{Member names are used verbatim:}
7687 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v '[remarks]'}
7688 [remarks]
7689 # @i{Exclude member names are globbed:}
7690 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v --exclude '*.c'}
7691 a.txt
7692 [remarks]
7693 @end group
7694 @end smallexample
7695
7696 This behavior can be altered by using the following options:
7697
7698 @table @option
7699 @opindex wildcards
7700 @item --wildcards
7701 Treat all member names as wildcards.
7702
7703 @opindex no-wildcards
7704 @item --no-wildcards
7705 Treat all member names as literal strings.
7706 @end table
7707
7708 Thus, to extract files whose names end in @samp{.c}, you can use:
7709
7710 @smallexample
7711 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v --wildcards '*.c'}
7712 a.c
7713 b.c
7714 @end smallexample
7715
7716 @noindent
7717 Notice quoting of the pattern to prevent the shell from interpreting
7718 it.
7719
7720 The effect of @option{--wildcards} option is canceled by
7721 @option{--no-wildcards}. This can be used to pass part of
7722 the command line arguments verbatim and other part as globbing
7723 patterns. For example, the following invocation:
7724
7725 @smallexample
7726 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar --wildcards '*.txt' --no-wildcards '[remarks]'}
7727 @end smallexample
7728
7729 @noindent
7730 instructs @command{tar} to extract from @file{foo.tar} all files whose
7731 names end in @samp{.txt} and the file named @file{[remarks]}.
7732
7733 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
7734 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
7735 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
7736 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
7737
7738 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
7739 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
7740 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
7741 before deciding whether to exclude it.
7742
7743 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
7744 below. These options accumulate. For example:
7745
7746 @smallexample
7747 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
7748 @end smallexample
7749
7750 @noindent
7751 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
7752 @samp{readme}.
7753
7754 @table @option
7755 @opindex anchored
7756 @opindex no-anchored
7757 @item --anchored
7758 @itemx --no-anchored
7759 If anchored, a pattern must match an initial subsequence
7760 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any
7761 subsequence. Default is @option{--no-anchored} for exclusion members
7762 and @option{--anchored} inclusion members.
7763
7764 @opindex ignore-case
7765 @opindex no-ignore-case
7766 @item --ignore-case
7767 @itemx --no-ignore-case
7768 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
7769 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
7770
7771 @opindex wildcards-match-slash
7772 @opindex no-wildcards-match-slash
7773 @item --wildcards-match-slash
7774 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
7775 When wildcards match slash (the default for exclusion members), a
7776 wildcard like @samp{*} in the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the
7777 name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is matched only by @samp{/}.
7778
7779 @end table
7780
7781 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
7782 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how member patterns are interpreted. If
7783 recursion is in effect, a pattern matches a name if it matches any of
7784 the name's parent directories.
7785
7786 The following table summarizes pattern-matching default values:
7787
7788 @multitable @columnfractions .3 .7
7789 @headitem Members @tab Default settings
7790 @item Inclusion @tab @option{--no-wildcards --anchored --no-wildcards-match-slash}
7791 @item Exclusion @tab @option{--wildcards --no-anchored --wildcards-match-slash}
7792 @end multitable
7793
7794 @node quoting styles
7795 @section Quoting Member Names
7796
7797 When displaying member names, @command{tar} takes care to avoid
7798 ambiguities caused by certain characters. This is called @dfn{name
7799 quoting}. The characters in question are:
7800
7801 @itemize @bullet
7802 @item Non-printable control characters:
7803 @anchor{escape sequences}
7804 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.10 0.60
7805 @headitem Character @tab @acronym{ASCII} @tab Character name
7806 @item \a @tab 7 @tab Audible bell
7807 @item \b @tab 8 @tab Backspace
7808 @item \f @tab 12 @tab Form feed
7809 @item \n @tab 10 @tab New line
7810 @item \r @tab 13 @tab Carriage return
7811 @item \t @tab 9 @tab Horizontal tabulation
7812 @item \v @tab 11 @tab Vertical tabulation
7813 @end multitable
7814
7815 @item Space (@acronym{ASCII} 32)
7816
7817 @item Single and double quotes (@samp{'} and @samp{"})
7818
7819 @item Backslash (@samp{\})
7820 @end itemize
7821
7822 The exact way @command{tar} uses to quote these characters depends on
7823 the @dfn{quoting style}. The default quoting style, called
7824 @dfn{escape} (see below), uses backslash notation to represent control
7825 characters, space and backslash. Using this quoting style, control
7826 characters are represented as listed in column @samp{Character} in the
7827 above table, a space is printed as @samp{\ } and a backslash as @samp{\\}.
7828
7829 @GNUTAR{} offers seven distinct quoting styles, which can be selected
7830 using @option{--quoting-style} option:
7831
7832 @table @option
7833 @item --quoting-style=@var{style}
7834 @opindex quoting-style
7835
7836 Sets quoting style. Valid values for @var{style} argument are:
7837 literal, shell, shell-always, c, escape, locale, clocale.
7838 @end table
7839
7840 These styles are described in detail below. To illustrate their
7841 effect, we will use an imaginary tar archive @file{arch.tar}
7842 containing the following members:
7843
7844 @smallexample
7845 @group
7846 # 1. Contains horizontal tabulation character.
7847 a tab
7848 # 2. Contains newline character
7849 a
7850 newline
7851 # 3. Contains a space
7852 a space
7853 # 4. Contains double quotes
7854 a"double"quote
7855 # 5. Contains single quotes
7856 a'single'quote
7857 # 6. Contains a backslash character:
7858 a\backslash
7859 @end group
7860 @end smallexample
7861
7862 Here is how usual @command{ls} command would have listed them, if they
7863 had existed in the current working directory:
7864
7865 @smallexample
7866 @group
7867 $ @kbd{ls}
7868 a\ttab
7869 a\nnewline
7870 a\ space
7871 a"double"quote
7872 a'single'quote
7873 a\\backslash
7874 @end group
7875 @end smallexample
7876
7877 Quoting styles:
7878
7879 @table @samp
7880 @item literal
7881 No quoting, display each character as is:
7882
7883 @smallexample
7884 @group
7885 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=literal}
7886 ./
7887 ./a space
7888 ./a'single'quote
7889 ./a"double"quote
7890 ./a\backslash
7891 ./a tab
7892 ./a
7893 newline
7894 @end group
7895 @end smallexample
7896
7897 @item shell
7898 Display characters the same way Bourne shell does:
7899 control characters, except @samp{\t} and @samp{\n}, are printed using
7900 backslash escapes, @samp{\t} and @samp{\n} are printed as is, and a
7901 single quote is printed as @samp{\'}. If a name contains any quoted
7902 characters, it is enclosed in single quotes. In particular, if a name
7903 contains single quotes, it is printed as several single-quoted strings:
7904
7905 @smallexample
7906 @group
7907 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=shell}
7908 ./
7909 './a space'
7910 './a'\''single'\''quote'
7911 './a"double"quote'
7912 './a\backslash'
7913 './a tab'
7914 './a
7915 newline'
7916 @end group
7917 @end smallexample
7918
7919 @item shell-always
7920 Same as @samp{shell}, but the names are always enclosed in single
7921 quotes:
7922
7923 @smallexample
7924 @group
7925 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=shell-always}
7926 './'
7927 './a space'
7928 './a'\''single'\''quote'
7929 './a"double"quote'
7930 './a\backslash'
7931 './a tab'
7932 './a
7933 newline'
7934 @end group
7935 @end smallexample
7936
7937 @item c
7938 Use the notation of the C programming language. All names are
7939 enclosed in double quotes. Control characters are quoted using
7940 backslash notations, double quotes are represented as @samp{\"},
7941 backslash characters are represented as @samp{\\}. Single quotes and
7942 spaces are not quoted:
7943
7944 @smallexample
7945 @group
7946 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=c}
7947 "./"
7948 "./a space"
7949 "./a'single'quote"
7950 "./a\"double\"quote"
7951 "./a\\backslash"
7952 "./a\ttab"
7953 "./a\nnewline"
7954 @end group
7955 @end smallexample
7956
7957 @item escape
7958 Control characters are printed using backslash notation, a space is
7959 printed as @samp{\ } and a backslash as @samp{\\}. This is the
7960 default quoting style, unless it was changed when configured the
7961 package.
7962
7963 @smallexample
7964 @group
7965 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=escape}
7966 ./
7967 ./a space
7968 ./a'single'quote
7969 ./a"double"quote
7970 ./a\\backslash
7971 ./a\ttab
7972 ./a\nnewline
7973 @end group
7974 @end smallexample
7975
7976 @item locale
7977 Control characters, single quote and backslash are printed using
7978 backslash notation. All names are quoted using left and right
7979 quotation marks, appropriate to the current locale. If it does not
7980 define quotation marks, use @samp{'} as left and as right
7981 quotation marks. Any occurrences of the right quotation mark in a
7982 name are escaped with @samp{\}, for example:
7983
7984 For example:
7985
7986 @smallexample
7987 @group
7988 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=locale}
7989 './'
7990 './a space'
7991 './a\'single\'quote'
7992 './a"double"quote'
7993 './a\\backslash'
7994 './a\ttab'
7995 './a\nnewline'
7996 @end group
7997 @end smallexample
7998
7999 @item clocale
8000 Same as @samp{locale}, but @samp{"} is used for both left and right
8001 quotation marks, if not provided by the currently selected locale:
8002
8003 @smallexample
8004 @group
8005 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=clocale}
8006 "./"
8007 "./a space"
8008 "./a'single'quote"
8009 "./a\"double\"quote"
8010 "./a\\backslash"
8011 "./a\ttab"
8012 "./a\nnewline"
8013 @end group
8014 @end smallexample
8015 @end table
8016
8017 You can specify which characters should be quoted in addition to those
8018 implied by the current quoting style:
8019
8020 @table @option
8021 @item --quote-chars=@var{string}
8022 Always quote characters from @var{string}, even if the selected
8023 quoting style would not quote them.
8024 @end table
8025
8026 For example, using @samp{escape} quoting (compare with the usual
8027 escape listing above):
8028
8029 @smallexample
8030 @group
8031 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=escape --quote-chars=' "'}
8032 ./
8033 ./a\ space
8034 ./a'single'quote
8035 ./a\"double\"quote
8036 ./a\\backslash
8037 ./a\ttab
8038 ./a\nnewline
8039 @end group
8040 @end smallexample
8041
8042 To disable quoting of such additional characters, use the following
8043 option:
8044
8045 @table @option
8046 @item --no-quote-chars=@var{string}
8047 Remove characters listed in @var{string} from the list of quoted
8048 characters set by the previous @option{--quote-chars} option.
8049 @end table
8050
8051 This option is particularly useful if you have added
8052 @option{--quote-chars} to your @env{TAR_OPTIONS} (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS})
8053 and wish to disable it for the current invocation.
8054
8055 Note, that @option{--no-quote-chars} does @emph{not} disable those
8056 characters that are quoted by default in the selected quoting style.
8057
8058 @node transform
8059 @section Modifying File and Member Names
8060
8061 @command{Tar} archives contain detailed information about files stored
8062 in them and full file names are part of that information. When
8063 storing a file to an archive, its file name is recorded in it,
8064 along with the actual file contents. When restoring from an archive,
8065 a file is created on disk with exactly the same name as that stored
8066 in the archive. In the majority of cases this is the desired behavior
8067 of a file archiver. However, there are some cases when it is not.
8068
8069 First of all, it is often unsafe to extract archive members with
8070 absolute file names or those that begin with a @file{../}. @GNUTAR{}
8071 takes special precautions when extracting such names and provides a
8072 special option for handling them, which is described in
8073 @ref{absolute}.
8074
8075 Secondly, you may wish to extract file names without some leading
8076 directory components, or with otherwise modified names. In other
8077 cases it is desirable to store files under differing names in the
8078 archive.
8079
8080 @GNUTAR{} provides several options for these needs.
8081
8082 @table @option
8083 @opindex strip-components
8084 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
8085 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
8086 extraction.
8087 @end table
8088
8089 For example, suppose you have archived whole @file{/usr} hierarchy to
8090 a tar archive named @file{usr.tar}. Among other files, this archive
8091 contains @file{usr/include/stdlib.h}, which you wish to extract to
8092 the current working directory. To do so, you type:
8093
8094 @smallexample
8095 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar --strip=2 usr/include/stdlib.h}
8096 @end smallexample
8097
8098 The option @option{--strip=2} instructs @command{tar} to strip the
8099 two leading components (@file{usr/} and @file{include/}) off the file
8100 name.
8101
8102 If you add the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option to the invocation
8103 above, you will note that the verbose listing still contains the
8104 full file name, with the two removed components still in place. This
8105 can be inconvenient, so @command{tar} provides a special option for
8106 altering this behavior:
8107
8108 @anchor{show-transformed-names}
8109 @table @option
8110 @opindex show-transformed-names
8111 @item --show-transformed-names
8112 Display file or member names with all requested transformations
8113 applied.
8114 @end table
8115
8116 @noindent
8117 For example:
8118
8119 @smallexample
8120 @group
8121 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar -v --strip=2 usr/include/stdlib.h}
8122 usr/include/stdlib.h
8123 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar -v --strip=2 --show-transformed usr/include/stdlib.h}
8124 stdlib.h
8125 @end group
8126 @end smallexample
8127
8128 Notice that in both cases the file @file{stdlib.h} is extracted to the
8129 current working directory, @option{--show-transformed-names} affects
8130 only the way its name is displayed.
8131
8132 This option is especially useful for verifying whether the invocation
8133 will have the desired effect. Thus, before running
8134
8135 @smallexample
8136 $ @kbd{tar -x --strip=@var{n}}
8137 @end smallexample
8138
8139 @noindent
8140 it is often advisable to run
8141
8142 @smallexample
8143 $ @kbd{tar -t -v --show-transformed --strip=@var{n}}
8144 @end smallexample
8145
8146 @noindent
8147 to make sure the command will produce the intended results.
8148
8149 In case you need to apply more complex modifications to the file name,
8150 @GNUTAR{} provides a general-purpose transformation option:
8151
8152 @table @option
8153 @opindex transform
8154 @opindex xform
8155 @item --transform=@var{expression}
8156 @itemx --xform=@var{expression}
8157 Modify file names using supplied @var{expression}.
8158 @end table
8159
8160 @noindent
8161 The @var{expression} is a @command{sed}-like replace expression of the
8162 form:
8163
8164 @smallexample
8165 s/@var{regexp}/@var{replace}/[@var{flags}]
8166 @end smallexample
8167
8168 @noindent
8169 where @var{regexp} is a @dfn{regular expression}, @var{replace} is a
8170 replacement for each file name part that matches @var{regexp}. Both
8171 @var{regexp} and @var{replace} are described in detail in
8172 @ref{The "s" Command, The "s" Command, The `s' Command, sed, GNU sed}.
8173
8174 Any delimiter can be used in lieu of @samp{/}, the only requirement being
8175 that it be used consistently throughout the expression. For example,
8176 the following two expressions are equivalent:
8177
8178 @smallexample
8179 @group
8180 s/one/two/
8181 s,one,two,
8182 @end group
8183 @end smallexample
8184
8185 Changing delimiters is often useful when the @var{regex} contains
8186 slashes. For example, it is more convenient to write @code{s,/,-,} than
8187 @code{s/\//-/}.
8188
8189 As in @command{sed}, you can give several replace expressions,
8190 separated by a semicolon.
8191
8192 Supported @var{flags} are:
8193
8194 @table @samp
8195 @item g
8196 Apply the replacement to @emph{all} matches to the @var{regexp}, not
8197 just the first.
8198
8199 @item i
8200 Use case-insensitive matching.
8201
8202 @item x
8203 @var{regexp} is an @dfn{extended regular expression} (@pxref{Extended
8204 regexps, Extended regular expressions, Extended regular expressions,
8205 sed, GNU sed}).
8206
8207 @item @var{number}
8208 Only replace the @var{number}th match of the @var{regexp}.
8209
8210 Note: the @acronym{POSIX} standard does not specify what should happen
8211 when you mix the @samp{g} and @var{number} modifiers. @GNUTAR{}
8212 follows the GNU @command{sed} implementation in this regard, so
8213 the interaction is defined to be: ignore matches before the
8214 @var{number}th, and then match and replace all matches from the
8215 @var{number}th on.
8216
8217 @end table
8218
8219 In addition, several @dfn{transformation scope} flags are supported,
8220 that control to what files transformations apply. These are:
8221
8222 @table @samp
8223 @item r
8224 Apply transformation to regular archive members.
8225
8226 @item R
8227 Do not apply transformation to regular archive members.
8228
8229 @item s
8230 Apply transformation to symbolic link targets.
8231
8232 @item S
8233 Do not apply transformation to symbolic link targets.
8234
8235 @item h
8236 Apply transformation to hard link targets.
8237
8238 @item H
8239 Do not apply transformation to hard link targets.
8240 @end table
8241
8242 Default is @samp{rsh}, which means to apply tranformations to both archive
8243 members and targets of symbolic and hard links.
8244
8245 Default scope flags can also be changed using @samp{flags=} statement
8246 in the transform expression. The flags set this way remain in force
8247 until next @samp{flags=} statement or end of expression, whichever
8248 occurs first. For example:
8249
8250 @smallexample
8251 --transform 'flags=S;s|^|/usr/local/|'
8252 @end smallexample
8253
8254 Here are several examples of @option{--transform} usage:
8255
8256 @enumerate
8257 @item Extract @file{usr/} hierarchy into @file{usr/local/}:
8258
8259 @smallexample
8260 $ @kbd{tar --transform='s,usr/,usr/local/,' -x -f arch.tar}
8261 @end smallexample
8262
8263 @item Strip two leading directory components (equivalent to
8264 @option{--strip-components=2}):
8265
8266 @smallexample
8267 $ @kbd{tar --transform='s,/*[^/]*/[^/]*/,,' -x -f arch.tar}
8268 @end smallexample
8269
8270 @item Convert each file name to lower case:
8271
8272 @smallexample
8273 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's/.*/\L&/' -x -f arch.tar}
8274 @end smallexample
8275
8276 @item Prepend @file{/prefix/} to each file name:
8277
8278 @smallexample
8279 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/prefix/,' -x -f arch.tar}
8280 @end smallexample
8281
8282 @item Archive the @file{/lib} directory, prepending @samp{/usr/local}
8283 to each archive member:
8284
8285 @smallexample
8286 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/usr/local/,S' -c -f arch.tar /lib}
8287 @end smallexample
8288 @end enumerate
8289
8290 Notice the use of flags in the last example. The @file{/lib}
8291 directory often contains many symbolic links to files within it.
8292 It may look, for example, like this:
8293
8294 @smallexample
8295 $ @kbd{ls -l}
8296 drwxr-xr-x root/root 0 2008-07-08 16:20 /lib/
8297 -rwxr-xr-x root/root 1250840 2008-05-25 07:44 /lib/libc-2.3.2.so
8298 lrwxrwxrwx root/root 0 2008-06-24 17:12 /lib/libc.so.6 -> libc-2.3.2.so
8299 ...
8300 @end smallexample
8301
8302 Using the expression @samp{s,^,/usr/local/,} would mean adding
8303 @samp{/usr/local} to both regular archive members and to link
8304 targets. In this case, @file{/lib/libc.so.6} would become:
8305
8306 @smallexample
8307 /usr/local/lib/libc.so.6 -> /usr/local/libc-2.3.2.so
8308 @end smallexample
8309
8310 This is definitely not desired. To avoid this, the @samp{S} flag
8311 is used, which excludes symbolic link targets from filename
8312 transformations. The result is:
8313
8314 @smallexample
8315 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/usr/local/,S', -c -v -f arch.tar \
8316 --show-transformed /lib}
8317 drwxr-xr-x root/root 0 2008-07-08 16:20 /usr/local/lib/
8318 -rwxr-xr-x root/root 1250840 2008-05-25 07:44 /usr/local/lib/libc-2.3.2.so
8319 lrwxrwxrwx root/root 0 2008-06-24 17:12 /usr/local/lib/libc.so.6 \
8320 -> libc-2.3.2.so
8321 @end smallexample
8322
8323 Unlike @option{--strip-components}, @option{--transform} can be used
8324 in any @GNUTAR{} operation mode. For example, the following command
8325 adds files to the archive while replacing the leading @file{usr/}
8326 component with @file{var/}:
8327
8328 @smallexample
8329 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,^usr/,var/,' /}
8330 @end smallexample
8331
8332 To test @option{--transform} effect we suggest using
8333 @option{--show-transformed-names} option:
8334
8335 @smallexample
8336 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,^usr/,var/,' \
8337 --verbose --show-transformed-names /}
8338 @end smallexample
8339
8340 If both @option{--strip-components} and @option{--transform} are used
8341 together, then @option{--transform} is applied first, and the required
8342 number of components is then stripped from its result.
8343
8344 You can use as many @option{--transform} options in a single command
8345 line as you want. The specified expressions will then be applied in
8346 order of their appearance. For example, the following two invocations
8347 are equivalent:
8348
8349 @smallexample
8350 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,/usr/var,/var/' \
8351 --transform='s,/usr/local,/usr/,'}
8352 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar \
8353 --transform='s,/usr/var,/var/;s,/usr/local,/usr/,'}
8354 @end smallexample
8355
8356 @node after
8357 @section Operating Only on New Files
8358
8359 @cindex Excluding file by age
8360 @cindex Data Modification time, excluding files by
8361 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
8362 @cindex Age, excluding files by
8363 The @option{--after-date=@var{date}} (@option{--newer=@var{date}},
8364 @option{-N @var{date}}) option causes @command{tar} to only work on
8365 files whose data modification or status change times are newer than
8366 the @var{date} given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.},
8367 it is taken to be a file name; the data modification time of that file
8368 is used as the date. If you use this option when creating or appending
8369 to an archive, the archive will only include new files. If you use
8370 @option{--after-date} when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will
8371 only extract files newer than the @var{date} you specify.
8372
8373 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
8374 modification of the file's data (rather than status
8375 changes), then use the @option{--newer-mtime=@var{date}} option.
8376
8377 @cindex --after-date and --update compared
8378 @cindex --newer-mtime and --update compared
8379 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
8380 differ from the @option{--update} (@option{-u}) operation in that they
8381 allow you to specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can
8382 compare when deciding whether or not to archive the files.
8383
8384 @table @option
8385 @opindex after-date
8386 @opindex newer
8387 @item --after-date=@var{date}
8388 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
8389 @itemx -N @var{date}
8390 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
8391
8392 Acts on files only if their data modification or status change times are
8393 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
8394
8395 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
8396 name; the data modification time of that file is used as the date.
8397
8398 @opindex newer-mtime
8399 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
8400 Acts like @option{--after-date}, but only looks at data modification times.
8401 @end table
8402
8403 These options limit @command{tar} to operate only on files which have
8404 been modified after the date specified. A file's status is considered to have
8405 changed if its contents have been modified, or if its owner,
8406 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
8407 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
8408 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
8409
8410 Gurus would say that @option{--after-date} tests both the data
8411 modification time (@code{mtime}, the time the contents of the file
8412 were last modified) and the status change time (@code{ctime}, the time
8413 the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc.@:)
8414 fields, while @option{--newer-mtime} tests only the @code{mtime}
8415 field.
8416
8417 To be precise, @option{--after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
8418 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
8419 @var{date}, while @option{--newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
8420 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither does it use @code{atime} (the last time the
8421 contents of the file were looked at).
8422
8423 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
8424 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
8425 arguments. For example, the following command will add to the archive
8426 all the files modified less than two days ago:
8427
8428 @smallexample
8429 $ @kbd{tar -cf foo.tar --newer-mtime '2 days ago'}
8430 @end smallexample
8431
8432 When any of these options is used with the option @option{--verbose}
8433 (@pxref{verbose tutorial}) @GNUTAR{} will try to convert the specified
8434 date back to its textual representation and compare that with the
8435 one given with the option. If the two dates differ, @command{tar} will
8436 print a warning saying what date it will use. This is to help user
8437 ensure he is using the right date. For example:
8438
8439 @smallexample
8440 @group
8441 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --after-date='10 days ago' .}
8442 tar: Option --after-date: Treating date '10 days ago' as 2006-06-11
8443 13:19:37.232434
8444 @end group
8445 @end smallexample
8446
8447 @quotation
8448 @strong{Please Note:} @option{--after-date} and @option{--newer-mtime}
8449 should not be used for incremental backups. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
8450 for proper way of creating incremental backups.
8451 @end quotation
8452
8453 @node recurse
8454 @section Descending into Directories
8455 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
8456 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
8457 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
8458 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
8459
8460 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
8461 those given on the command line or through the @option{--files-from}
8462 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
8463 want @command{tar} to act this way.
8464
8465 @opindex no-recursion
8466 @cindex @command{find}, using with @command{tar}
8467 The @option{--no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
8468 into specified directories. If you specify @option{--no-recursion}, you can
8469 use the @command{find} (@pxref{Top,, find, find, GNU Find Manual})
8470 utility for hunting through levels of directories to
8471 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
8472 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
8473 archive; see @ref{files}, for more information on using @command{find} with
8474 @command{tar}.
8475
8476 @table @option
8477 @item --no-recursion
8478 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
8479
8480 @opindex recursion
8481 @item --recursion
8482 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
8483 This is the default.
8484 @end table
8485
8486 When you use @option{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
8487 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
8488 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
8489 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
8490 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{-not -type d}}
8491 test in their @command{find} invocation (@pxref{Type, Type, Type test,
8492 find, Finding Files}), as they usually do not want all the files in a
8493 directory. They then use the @option{--files-from} option to archive
8494 the files located via @command{find}.
8495
8496 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
8497 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
8498 @option{--same-permissions} (@option{--preserve-permissions},
8499 @option{-p}) option does not affect them---while users might really
8500 like it to. Specifying @option{--no-recursion} is a way to tell
8501 @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
8502 no new files on its own. To summarize, if you use @command{find} to
8503 create a list of files to be stored in an archive, use it as follows:
8504
8505 @smallexample
8506 @group
8507 $ @kbd{find @var{dir} @var{tests} | \
8508 tar -cf @var{archive} -T - --no-recursion}
8509 @end group
8510 @end smallexample
8511
8512 The @option{--no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
8513 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
8514 the files under those directories.
8515
8516 The @option{--no-recursion} option also affects how globbing patterns
8517 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-matching}).
8518
8519 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
8520 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
8521 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
8522
8523 @smallexample
8524 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --no-recursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
8525 @end smallexample
8526
8527 @noindent
8528 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
8529 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
8530 other than @file{grape/concord}.
8531
8532 @node one
8533 @section Crossing File System Boundaries
8534 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
8535
8536 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
8537 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
8538 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
8539 @option{--one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
8540 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
8541 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
8542 or through @option{--files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
8543
8544 @table @option
8545 @opindex one-file-system
8546 @item --one-file-system
8547 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
8548 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
8549 @end table
8550
8551 The @option{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
8552 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
8553 a directory is not on the same file system as the directory itself, then
8554 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
8555 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
8556 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
8557
8558 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
8559 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
8560 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}), files that are excluded are
8561 mentioned by name on the standard error.
8562
8563 @menu
8564 * directory:: Changing Directory
8565 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
8566 @end menu
8567
8568 @node directory
8569 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
8570
8571 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
8572 things around some.}
8573
8574 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
8575 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
8576 @cindex Working directory, specifying
8577 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
8578 either on the command line or in a file specified using
8579 @option{--files-from} (@option{-T}), use @option{--directory} (@option{-C}).
8580 This will change the working directory to the specified directory
8581 after that point in the list.
8582
8583 @table @option
8584 @opindex directory
8585 @item --directory=@var{directory}
8586 @itemx -C @var{directory}
8587 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
8588 @end table
8589
8590 For example,
8591
8592 @smallexample
8593 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
8594 @end smallexample
8595
8596 @noindent
8597 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
8598 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
8599 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
8600 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
8601 store in the same archive.
8602
8603 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
8604 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
8605 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
8606 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
8607 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
8608
8609 Contrast this with the command,
8610
8611 @smallexample
8612 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
8613 @end smallexample
8614
8615 @noindent
8616 which records the third file in the archive under the name
8617 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
8618 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
8619 named @file{red}.
8620
8621 You can use the @option{--directory} option to make the archive
8622 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
8623 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
8624 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
8625 @file{foo.tar}:
8626
8627 @smallexample
8628 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
8629 @end smallexample
8630
8631 @noindent
8632 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
8633 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
8634 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
8635 directories where those files were located.
8636
8637 Note that @option{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
8638 @option{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
8639 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
8640 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
8641 @option{--directory} option.
8642
8643 When using @option{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put various
8644 @command{tar} options (including @option{-C}) in the file list. Notice,
8645 however, that in this case the option and its argument may not be
8646 separated by whitespace. If you use short option, its argument must
8647 either follow the option letter immediately, without any intervening
8648 whitespace, or occupy the next line. Otherwise, if you use long
8649 option, separate its argument by an equal sign.
8650
8651 For instance, the file list for the above example will be:
8652
8653 @smallexample
8654 @group
8655 -C/etc
8656 passwd
8657 hosts
8658 --directory=/lib
8659 libc.a
8660 @end group
8661 @end smallexample
8662
8663 @noindent
8664 To use it, you would invoke @command{tar} as follows:
8665
8666 @smallexample
8667 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
8668 @end smallexample
8669
8670 The interpretation of @option{--directory} is disabled by
8671 @option{--null} option.
8672
8673 @node absolute
8674 @subsection Absolute File Names
8675 @cindex absolute file names
8676 @cindex file names, absolute
8677
8678 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
8679 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
8680 component. There is an option that turns off this behavior:
8681
8682 @table @option
8683 @opindex absolute-names
8684 @item --absolute-names
8685 @itemx -P
8686 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
8687 containing a @file{..} file name component.
8688 @end table
8689
8690 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
8691 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
8692 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
8693 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
8694 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
8695 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
8696 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
8697 really @file{etc/passwd}.
8698
8699 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
8700 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
8701 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
8702
8703 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
8704 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
8705 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
8706 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
8707 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
8708 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
8709 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
8710 be @file{bin/ls}@footnote{A side effect of this is that when
8711 @option{--create} is used with @option{--verbose} the resulting output
8712 is not, generally speaking, the same as the one you'd get running
8713 @kbd{tar --list} command. This may be important if you use some
8714 scripts for comparing both outputs. @xref{listing member and file names},
8715 for the information on how to handle this case.}.
8716
8717 Symbolic links containing @file{..} or leading @samp{/} can also cause
8718 problems when extracting, so @command{tar} normally extracts them last;
8719 it may create empty files as placeholders during extraction.
8720
8721 If you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option,
8722 @command{tar} will do none of these transformations.
8723
8724 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
8725 the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option.
8726
8727 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
8728 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
8729 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
8730
8731 When you specify @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}),
8732 @command{tar} stores file names including all superior directory
8733 names, and preserves leading slashes. If you only invoked
8734 @command{tar} from the root directory you would never need the
8735 @option{--absolute-names} option, but using this option
8736 may be more convenient than switching to root.
8737
8738 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
8739 to transfer files between systems.}
8740
8741 @table @option
8742 @item --absolute-names
8743 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
8744 archiving and extracting files.
8745
8746 @end table
8747
8748 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
8749 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
8750 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
8751 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
8752
8753 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
8754 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
8755 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
8756
8757 @smallexample
8758 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
8759 @end smallexample
8760
8761 @noindent
8762 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
8763 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
8764 For example:
8765
8766 @smallexample
8767 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
8768 @end smallexample
8769
8770 @xref{Integrity}, for some of the security-related implications
8771 of using this option.
8772
8773 @include parse-datetime.texi
8774
8775 @node Formats
8776 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
8777
8778 @cindex Tar archive formats
8779 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
8780 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
8781 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
8782
8783 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
8784 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
8785
8786 @table @asis
8787 @item gnu
8788 Format used by @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.13.25. This format derived
8789 from an early @acronym{POSIX} standard, adding some improvements such as
8790 sparse file handling and incremental archives. Unfortunately these
8791 features were implemented in a way incompatible with other archive
8792 formats.
8793
8794 Archives in @samp{gnu} format are able to hold file names of unlimited
8795 length.
8796
8797 @item oldgnu
8798 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
8799
8800 @item v7
8801 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar. This
8802 format imposes a number of limitations. The most important of them
8803 are:
8804
8805 @enumerate
8806 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 99 characters.
8807 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link is limited to 99 characters.
8808 @item It is impossible to store special files (block and character
8809 devices, fifos etc.)
8810 @item Maximum value of user or group @acronym{ID} is limited to 2097151 (7777777
8811 octal)
8812 @item V7 archives do not contain symbolic ownership information (user
8813 and group name of the file owner).
8814 @end enumerate
8815
8816 This format has traditionally been used by Automake when producing
8817 Makefiles. This practice will change in the future, in the meantime,
8818 however this means that projects containing file names more than 99
8819 characters long will not be able to use @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and
8820 Automake prior to 1.9.
8821
8822 @item ustar
8823 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} specification. It stores
8824 symbolic ownership information. It is also able to store
8825 special files. However, it imposes several restrictions as well:
8826
8827 @enumerate
8828 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 256 characters,
8829 provided that the file name can be split at a directory separator in
8830 two parts, first of them being at most 155 bytes long. So, in most
8831 cases the maximum file name length will be shorter than 256
8832 characters.
8833 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link name is limited to
8834 100 characters.
8835 @item Maximum size of a file the archive is able to accommodate
8836 is 8GB
8837 @item Maximum value of UID/GID is 2097151.
8838 @item Maximum number of bits in device major and minor numbers is 21.
8839 @end enumerate
8840
8841 @item star
8842 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star}
8843 implementation. @GNUTAR{} is able to read @samp{star} archives but
8844 currently does not produce them.
8845
8846 @item posix
8847 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} specification. This is the
8848 most flexible and feature-rich format. It does not impose any
8849 restrictions on file sizes or file name lengths. This format is quite
8850 recent, so not all tar implementations are able to handle it properly.
8851 However, this format is designed in such a way that any tar
8852 implementation able to read @samp{ustar} archives will be able to read
8853 most @samp{posix} archives as well, with the only exception that any
8854 additional information (such as long file names etc.) will in such
8855 case be extracted as plain text files along with the files it refers to.
8856
8857 This archive format will be the default format for future versions
8858 of @GNUTAR{}.
8859
8860 @end table
8861
8862 The following table summarizes the limitations of each of these
8863 formats:
8864
8865 @multitable @columnfractions .10 .20 .20 .20 .20
8866 @headitem Format @tab UID @tab File Size @tab File Name @tab Devn
8867 @item gnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
8868 @item oldgnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
8869 @item v7 @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 99 @tab n/a
8870 @item ustar @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 256 @tab 21
8871 @item posix @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited
8872 @end multitable
8873
8874 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
8875 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
8876 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
8877 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
8878 switch to @samp{posix}.
8879
8880 @menu
8881 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
8882 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
8883 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
8884 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
8885 @end menu
8886
8887 @node Compression
8888 @section Using Less Space through Compression
8889
8890 @menu
8891 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
8892 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
8893 @end menu
8894
8895 @node gzip
8896 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
8897 @cindex Compressed archives
8898 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
8899
8900 @cindex gzip
8901 @cindex bzip2
8902 @cindex lzip
8903 @cindex lzma
8904 @cindex lzop
8905 @cindex compress
8906 @GNUTAR{} is able to create and read compressed archives. It supports
8907 a wide variety of compression programs, namely: @command{gzip},
8908 @command{bzip2}, @command{lzip}, @command{lzma}, @command{lzop},
8909 @command{xz} and traditional @command{compress}. The latter is
8910 supported mostly for backward compatibility, and we recommend
8911 against using it, because it is by far less effective than the other
8912 compression programs@footnote{It also had patent problems in the past.}.
8913
8914 Creating a compressed archive is simple: you just specify a
8915 @dfn{compression option} along with the usual archive creation
8916 commands. The compression option is @option{-z} (@option{--gzip}) to
8917 create a @command{gzip} compressed archive, @option{-j}
8918 (@option{--bzip2}) to create a @command{bzip2} compressed archive,
8919 @option{--lzip} to create an @asis{lzip} compressed archive,
8920 @option{-J} (@option{--xz}) to create an @asis{XZ} archive,
8921 @option{--lzma} to create an @asis{LZMA} compressed
8922 archive, @option{--lzop} to create an @asis{LSOP} archive, and
8923 @option{-Z} (@option{--compress}) to use @command{compress} program.
8924 For example:
8925
8926 @smallexample
8927 $ @kbd{tar czf archive.tar.gz .}
8928 @end smallexample
8929
8930 You can also let @GNUTAR{} select the compression program based on
8931 the suffix of the archive file name. This is done using
8932 @option{--auto-compress} (@option{-a}) command line option. For
8933 example, the following invocation will use @command{bzip2} for
8934 compression:
8935
8936 @smallexample
8937 $ @kbd{tar caf archive.tar.bz2 .}
8938 @end smallexample
8939
8940 @noindent
8941 whereas the following one will use @command{lzma}:
8942
8943 @smallexample
8944 $ @kbd{tar caf archive.tar.lzma .}
8945 @end smallexample
8946
8947 For a complete list of file name suffixes recognized by @GNUTAR{},
8948 see @ref{auto-compress}.
8949
8950 Reading compressed archive is even simpler: you don't need to specify
8951 any additional options as @GNUTAR{} recognizes its format
8952 automatically. Thus, the following commands will list and extract the
8953 archive created in previous example:
8954
8955 @smallexample
8956 # List the compressed archive
8957 $ @kbd{tar tf archive.tar.gz}
8958 # Extract the compressed archive
8959 $ @kbd{tar xf archive.tar.gz}
8960 @end smallexample
8961
8962 The format recognition algorithm is based on @dfn{signatures}, a
8963 special byte sequences in the beginning of file, that are specific for
8964 certain compression formats. If this approach fails, @command{tar}
8965 falls back to using archive name suffix to determine its format
8966 (@pxref{auto-compress}, for a list of recognized suffixes).
8967
8968 @anchor{alternative decompression programs}
8969 @cindex alternative decompression programs
8970 Some compression programs are able to handle different compression
8971 formats. @GNUTAR{} uses this, if the principal decompressor for the
8972 given format is not available. For example, if @command{compress} is
8973 not installed, @command{tar} will try to use @command{gzip}. As of
8974 version @value{VERSION} the following alternatives are
8975 tried@footnote{To verbosely trace the decompressor selection, use the
8976 @option{--warning=decompress-program} option
8977 (@pxref{warnings,decompress-program}).}:
8978
8979 @multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.3 0.3
8980 @headitem Format @tab Main decompressor @tab Alternatives
8981 @item compress @tab compress @tab gzip
8982 @item lzma @tab lzma @tab xz
8983 @item bzip2 @tab bzip2 @tab lbzip2
8984 @end multitable
8985
8986 The only case when you have to specify a decompression option while
8987 reading the archive is when reading from a pipe or from a tape drive
8988 that does not support random access. However, in this case @GNUTAR{}
8989 will indicate which option you should use. For example:
8990
8991 @smallexample
8992 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tf -}
8993 tar: Archive is compressed. Use -z option
8994 tar: Error is not recoverable: exiting now
8995 @end smallexample
8996
8997 If you see such diagnostics, just add the suggested option to the
8998 invocation of @GNUTAR{}:
8999
9000 @smallexample
9001 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tzf -}
9002 @end smallexample
9003
9004 Notice also, that there are several restrictions on operations on
9005 compressed archives. First of all, compressed archives cannot be
9006 modified, i.e., you cannot update (@option{--update}, alias @option{-u})
9007 them or delete (@option{--delete}) members from them or
9008 add (@option{--append}, alias @option{-r}) members to them. Likewise, you
9009 cannot append another @command{tar} archive to a compressed archive using
9010 @option{--concatenate} (@option{-A}). Secondly, multi-volume
9011 archives cannot be compressed.
9012
9013 The following options allow to select a particular compressor program:
9014
9015 @table @option
9016 @opindex gzip
9017 @opindex ungzip
9018 @item -z
9019 @itemx --gzip
9020 @itemx --ungzip
9021 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
9022
9023 @opindex xz
9024 @item -J
9025 @itemx --xz
9026 Filter the archive through @code{xz}.
9027
9028 @item -j
9029 @itemx --bzip2
9030 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}.
9031
9032 @opindex lzip
9033 @item --lzip
9034 Filter the archive through @command{lzip}.
9035
9036 @opindex lzma
9037 @item --lzma
9038 Filter the archive through @command{lzma}.
9039
9040 @opindex lzop
9041 @item --lzop
9042 Filter the archive through @command{lzop}.
9043
9044 @opindex compress
9045 @opindex uncompress
9046 @item -Z
9047 @itemx --compress
9048 @itemx --uncompress
9049 Filter the archive through @command{compress}.
9050 @end table
9051
9052 When any of these options is given, @GNUTAR{} searches the compressor
9053 binary in the current path and invokes it. The name of the compressor
9054 program is specified at compilation time using a corresponding
9055 @option{--with-@var{compname}} option to @command{configure}, e.g.
9056 @option{--with-bzip2} to select a specific @command{bzip2} binary.
9057 @xref{lbzip2}, for a detailed discussion.
9058
9059 The output produced by @command{tar --help} shows the actual
9060 compressor names along with each of these options.
9061
9062 You can use any of these options on physical devices (tape drives,
9063 etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data to or from
9064 such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy of the
9065 @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
9066 size. The default compression parameters are used. Most compression
9067 programs let you override these by setting a program-specific
9068 environment variable. For example, with @command{gzip} you can set
9069 @env{GZIP}:
9070
9071 @smallexample
9072 $ @kbd{GZIP='-9 -n' tar czf archive.tar.gz subdir}
9073 @end smallexample
9074 Another way would be to use the @option{-I} option instead (see
9075 below), e.g.:
9076
9077 @smallexample
9078 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -I 'gzip -9 -n' subdir}
9079 @end smallexample
9080
9081 @noindent
9082 Finally, the third, traditional, way to do this is to use a pipe:
9083
9084 @smallexample
9085 $ @kbd{tar cf - subdir | gzip -9 -n > archive.tar.gz}
9086 @end smallexample
9087
9088 @cindex corrupted archives
9089 Compressed archives are easily corrupted, because compressed files
9090 have little redundancy. The adaptive nature of the
9091 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
9092 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
9093 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
9094 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
9095
9096 Other compression options provide better control over creating
9097 compressed archives. These are:
9098
9099 @table @option
9100 @anchor{auto-compress}
9101 @opindex auto-compress
9102 @item --auto-compress
9103 @itemx -a
9104 Select a compression program to use by the archive file name
9105 suffix. The following suffixes are recognized:
9106
9107 @multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.6
9108 @headitem Suffix @tab Compression program
9109 @item @samp{.gz} @tab @command{gzip}
9110 @item @samp{.tgz} @tab @command{gzip}
9111 @item @samp{.taz} @tab @command{gzip}
9112 @item @samp{.Z} @tab @command{compress}
9113 @item @samp{.taZ} @tab @command{compress}
9114 @item @samp{.bz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
9115 @item @samp{.tz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
9116 @item @samp{.tbz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
9117 @item @samp{.tbz} @tab @command{bzip2}
9118 @item @samp{.lz} @tab @command{lzip}
9119 @item @samp{.lzma} @tab @command{lzma}
9120 @item @samp{.tlz} @tab @command{lzma}
9121 @item @samp{.lzo} @tab @command{lzop}
9122 @item @samp{.xz} @tab @command{xz}
9123 @end multitable
9124
9125 @anchor{use-compress-program}
9126 @opindex use-compress-program
9127 @item --use-compress-program=@var{command}
9128 @itemx -I=@var{command}
9129 Use external compression program @var{command}. Use this option if you
9130 are not happy with the compression program associated with the suffix
9131 at compile time or if you have a compression program that @GNUTAR{}
9132 does not support. The @var{command} argument is a valid command
9133 invocation, as you would type it at the command line prompt, with any
9134 additional options as needed. Enclose it in quotes if it contains
9135 white space (see @ref{external, Running External Commands}, for more detail).
9136
9137 The @var{command} should follow two conventions:
9138
9139 First, when invoked without additional options, it should read data
9140 from standard input, compress it and output it on standard output.
9141
9142 Secondly, if invoked with the additional @option{-d} option, it should
9143 do exactly the opposite, i.e., read the compressed data from the
9144 standard input and produce uncompressed data on the standard output.
9145
9146 The latter requirement means that you must not use the @option{-d}
9147 option as a part of the @var{command} itself.
9148 @end table
9149
9150 @cindex gpg, using with tar
9151 @cindex gnupg, using with tar
9152 @cindex Using encrypted archives
9153 The @option{--use-compress-program} option, in particular, lets you
9154 implement your own filters, not necessarily dealing with
9155 compression/decompression. For example, suppose you wish to implement
9156 PGP encryption on top of compression, using @command{gpg} (@pxref{Top,
9157 gpg, gpg ---- encryption and signing tool, gpg, GNU Privacy Guard
9158 Manual}). The following script does that:
9159
9160 @smallexample
9161 @group
9162 #! /bin/sh
9163 case $1 in
9164 -d) gpg --decrypt - | gzip -d -c;;
9165 '') gzip -c | gpg -s;;
9166 *) echo "Unknown option $1">&2; exit 1;;
9167 esac
9168 @end group
9169 @end smallexample
9170
9171 Suppose you name it @file{gpgz} and save it somewhere in your
9172 @env{PATH}. Then the following command will create a compressed
9173 archive signed with your private key:
9174
9175 @smallexample
9176 $ @kbd{tar -cf foo.tar.gpgz -Igpgz .}
9177 @end smallexample
9178
9179 @noindent
9180 Likewise, the command below will list its contents:
9181
9182 @smallexample
9183 $ @kbd{tar -tf foo.tar.gpgz -Igpgz .}
9184 @end smallexample
9185
9186 @ignore
9187 The above is based on the following discussion:
9188
9189 I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
9190 to do it now. I would like to use @option{--gzip}, but I'd also like
9191 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
9192 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
9193 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
9194 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
9195 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
9196 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
9197 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
9198 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
9199
9200 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
9201 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
9202 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
9203 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
9204 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
9205
9206 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
9207 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
9208 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
9209 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
9210 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
9211
9212 Isn't that exactly the role of the
9213 @option{--use-compress-prog=@var{program}} option?
9214 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
9215 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
9216 way you want. It should recognize the @option{-d} option, for when
9217 extraction is needed rather than creation.
9218
9219 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
9220 @option{--gzip} or @option{--compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
9221 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
9222 end up with less space on the tape.
9223 @end ignore
9224
9225 @menu
9226 * lbzip2:: Using lbzip2 with @GNUTAR{}.
9227 @end menu
9228
9229 @node lbzip2
9230 @subsubsection Using lbzip2 with @GNUTAR{}.
9231 @cindex lbzip2
9232 @cindex Laszlo Ersek
9233 @command{Lbzip2} is a multithreaded utility for handling
9234 @samp{bzip2} compression, written by Laszlo Ersek. It makes use of
9235 multiple processors to speed up its operation and in general works
9236 considerably faster than @command{bzip2}. For a detailed description
9237 of @command{lbzip2} see @uref{http://freshmeat.net/@/projects/@/lbzip2} and
9238 @uref{http://www.linuxinsight.com/@/lbzip2-parallel-bzip2-utility.html,
9239 lbzip2: parallel bzip2 utility}.
9240
9241 Recent versions of @command{lbzip2} are mostly command line compatible
9242 with @command{bzip2}, which makes it possible to automatically invoke
9243 it via the @option{--bzip2} @GNUTAR{} command line option. To do so,
9244 @GNUTAR{} must be configured with the @option{--with-bzip2} command
9245 line option, like this:
9246
9247 @smallexample
9248 $ @kbd{./configure --with-bzip2=lbzip2 [@var{other-options}]}
9249 @end smallexample
9250
9251 Once configured and compiled this way, @command{tar --help} will show the
9252 following:
9253
9254 @smallexample
9255 @group
9256 $ @kbd{tar --help | grep -- --bzip2}
9257 -j, --bzip2 filter the archive through lbzip2
9258 @end group
9259 @end smallexample
9260
9261 @noindent
9262 which means that running @command{tar --bzip2} will invoke @command{lbzip2}.
9263
9264 @node sparse
9265 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
9266 @cindex Sparse Files
9267
9268 Files in the file system occasionally have @dfn{holes}. A @dfn{hole}
9269 in a file is a section of the file's contents which was never written.
9270 The contents of a hole reads as all zeros. On many operating systems,
9271 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
9272 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
9273 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
9274 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @option{--sparse}
9275 (@option{-S}). When you use this option, then, for any file using
9276 less disk space than would be expected from its length, @command{tar}
9277 searches the file for consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records
9278 in the archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros
9279 are, and only archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On
9280 extraction (using @option{--sparse} is not needed on extraction) any
9281 such files have holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros
9282 were found. Thus, if you use @option{--sparse}, @command{tar} archives
9283 won't take more space than the original.
9284
9285 @table @option
9286 @opindex sparse
9287 @item -S
9288 @itemx --sparse
9289 This option instructs @command{tar} to test each file for sparseness
9290 before attempting to archive it. If the file is found to be sparse it
9291 is treated specially, thus allowing to decrease the amount of space
9292 used by its image in the archive.
9293
9294 This option is meaningful only when creating or updating archives. It
9295 has no effect on extraction.
9296 @end table
9297
9298 Consider using @option{--sparse} when performing file system backups,
9299 to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored sparsely in the
9300 system.
9301
9302 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
9303 created in the future. If you use @option{--sparse} while making file
9304 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
9305 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
9306 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
9307 hundreds of tapes). @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
9308
9309 However, be aware that @option{--sparse} option presents a serious
9310 drawback. Namely, in order to determine if the file is sparse
9311 @command{tar} has to read it before trying to archive it, so in total
9312 the file is read @strong{twice}. So, always bear in mind that the
9313 time needed to process all files with this option is roughly twice
9314 the time needed to archive them without it.
9315 @FIXME{A technical note:
9316
9317 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
9318 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
9319 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
9320 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
9321 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
9322 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
9323 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
9324 1990-12-10:
9325
9326 @quotation
9327 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
9328 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
9329 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
9330 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
9331 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
9332 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
9333
9334 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
9335 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
9336 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
9337 get it right.
9338 @end quotation
9339 }
9340
9341 @cindex sparse formats, defined
9342 When using @samp{POSIX} archive format, @GNUTAR{} is able to store
9343 sparse files using in three distinct ways, called @dfn{sparse
9344 formats}. A sparse format is identified by its @dfn{number},
9345 consisting, as usual of two decimal numbers, delimited by a dot. By
9346 default, format @samp{1.0} is used. If, for some reason, you wish to
9347 use an earlier format, you can select it using
9348 @option{--sparse-version} option.
9349
9350 @table @option
9351 @opindex sparse-version
9352 @item --sparse-version=@var{version}
9353
9354 Select the format to store sparse files in. Valid @var{version} values
9355 are: @samp{0.0}, @samp{0.1} and @samp{1.0}. @xref{Sparse Formats},
9356 for a detailed description of each format.
9357 @end table
9358
9359 Using @option{--sparse-format} option implies @option{--sparse}.
9360
9361 @node Attributes
9362 @section Handling File Attributes
9363 @cindex atrributes, files
9364 @cindex file attributes
9365
9366 When @command{tar} reads files, it updates their access times. To
9367 avoid this, use the @option{--atime-preserve[=METHOD]} option, which can either
9368 reset the access time retroactively or avoid changing it in the first
9369 place.
9370
9371 @table @option
9372 @opindex atime-preserve
9373 @item --atime-preserve
9374 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
9375 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
9376 Preserve the access times of files that are read. This works only for
9377 files that you own, unless you have superuser privileges.
9378
9379 @option{--atime-preserve=replace} works on most systems, but it also
9380 restores the data modification time and updates the status change
9381 time. Hence it doesn't interact with incremental dumps nicely
9382 (@pxref{Incremental Dumps}), and it can set access or data modification times
9383 incorrectly if other programs access the file while @command{tar} is
9384 running.
9385
9386 @option{--atime-preserve=system} avoids changing the access time in
9387 the first place, if the operating system supports this.
9388 Unfortunately, this may or may not work on any given operating system
9389 or file system. If @command{tar} knows for sure it won't work, it
9390 complains right away.
9391
9392 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
9393 @option{--atime-preserve=replace}, but this is intended to change to
9394 @option{--atime-preserve=system} when the latter is better-supported.
9395
9396 @opindex touch
9397 @item -m
9398 @itemx --touch
9399 Do not extract data modification time.
9400
9401 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the data modification times
9402 of the files it extracts as the times when the files were extracted,
9403 instead of setting it to the times recorded in the archive.
9404
9405 This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
9406
9407 @opindex same-owner
9408 @item --same-owner
9409 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
9410 archive.
9411
9412 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
9413 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
9414 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
9415 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
9416 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
9417 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
9418 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
9419
9420 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user @acronym{ID} and user name
9421 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user @acronym{ID} is not
9422 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
9423 it tries to look the name (if one was written) up in
9424 @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user @acronym{ID} stored in
9425 the archive instead.
9426
9427 @opindex no-same-owner
9428 @item --no-same-owner
9429 @itemx -o
9430 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
9431 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
9432 only for the superuser.
9433
9434 @opindex numeric-owner
9435 @item --numeric-owner
9436 The @option{--numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
9437 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
9438 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
9439 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
9440 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
9441
9442 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
9443 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
9444 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
9445 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
9446 one belonging to the file system(s) being extracted. This occurs,
9447 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
9448 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
9449 disk into another machine to do the restore.
9450
9451 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
9452 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
9453 system, unless @option{--format=oldgnu} is used. Numeric ids could be
9454 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
9455 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
9456 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
9457
9458 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
9459 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
9460 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
9461 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
9462 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
9463 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
9464 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
9465 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
9466 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
9467 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
9468 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
9469 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
9470 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
9471 gives you a great deal of control already.
9472
9473 @xopindex{same-permissions, short description}
9474 @xopindex{preserve-permissions, short description}
9475 @item -p
9476 @itemx --same-permissions
9477 @itemx --preserve-permissions
9478 Extract all protection information.
9479
9480 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
9481 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
9482 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
9483 on extracted files. This option is by default enabled when
9484 @command{tar} is executed by a superuser.
9485
9486
9487 This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
9488
9489 @opindex preserve
9490 @item --preserve
9491 Same as both @option{--same-permissions} and @option{--same-order}.
9492
9493 This option is deprecated, and will be removed in @GNUTAR{} version 1.23.
9494
9495 @end table
9496
9497 @node Portability
9498 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
9499
9500 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
9501 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
9502 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
9503 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
9504 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
9505 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
9506 archives more portable.
9507
9508 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
9509 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
9510 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
9511 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
9512
9513 @FIXME{Discuss GNU extensions (incremental backups, multi-volume
9514 archives and archive labels) in GNU and PAX formats.}
9515
9516 @menu
9517 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
9518 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
9519 * hard links:: Hard Links
9520 * old:: Old V7 Archives
9521 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
9522 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
9523 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
9524 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
9525 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
9526 * Other Tars:: How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using
9527 Other @command{tar} Implementations
9528 @end menu
9529
9530 @node Portable Names
9531 @subsection Portable Names
9532
9533 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
9534 only @acronym{ASCII} letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
9535 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
9536 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
9537 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
9538 less.
9539
9540 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
9541 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
9542 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
9543 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
9544 than System V's.
9545
9546 @node dereference
9547 @subsection Symbolic Links
9548 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
9549 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
9550
9551 @opindex dereference
9552 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
9553 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
9554 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the file system contents.
9555 When @option{--dereference} (@option{-h}) is used with
9556 @option{--create} (@option{-c}), @command{tar} archives the files
9557 symbolic links point to, instead of
9558 the links themselves.
9559
9560 When creating portable archives, use @option{--dereference}
9561 (@option{-h}): some systems do not support
9562 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
9563 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
9564
9565 When reading from an archive, the @option{--dereference} (@option{-h})
9566 option causes @command{tar} to follow an already-existing symbolic
9567 link when @command{tar} writes or reads a file named in the archive.
9568 Ordinarily, @command{tar} does not follow such a link, though it may
9569 remove the link before writing a new file. @xref{Dealing with Old
9570 Files}.
9571
9572 The @option{--dereference} option is unsafe if an untrusted user can
9573 modify directories while @command{tar} is running. @xref{Security}.
9574
9575 @node hard links
9576 @subsection Hard Links
9577 @cindex File names, using hard links
9578 @cindex hard links, dereferencing
9579 @cindex dereferencing hard links
9580
9581 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a hard link, it writes a
9582 block to the archive naming the target of the link (a @samp{1} type
9583 block). In that way, the actual file contents is stored in file only
9584 once. For example, consider the following two files:
9585
9586 @smallexample
9587 @group
9588 $ ls -l
9589 -rw-r--r-- 2 gray staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 one
9590 -rw-r--r-- 2 gray staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 jeden
9591 @end group
9592 @end smallexample
9593
9594 Here, @file{jeden} is a link to @file{one}. When archiving this
9595 directory with a verbose level 2, you will get an output similar to
9596 the following:
9597
9598 @smallexample
9599 $ tar cvvf ../archive.tar .
9600 drwxr-xr-x gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:13 ./
9601 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./jeden
9602 hrw-r--r-- gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:11 ./one link to ./jeden
9603 @end smallexample
9604
9605 The last line shows that, instead of storing two copies of the file,
9606 @command{tar} stored it only once, under the name @file{jeden}, and
9607 stored file @file{one} as a hard link to this file.
9608
9609 It may be important to know that all hard links to the given file are
9610 stored in the archive. For example, this may be necessary for exact
9611 reproduction of the file system. The following option does that:
9612
9613 @table @option
9614 @xopindex{check-links, described}
9615 @item --check-links
9616 @itemx -l
9617 Check the number of links dumped for each processed file. If this
9618 number does not match the total number of hard links for the file, print
9619 a warning message.
9620 @end table
9621
9622 For example, trying to archive only file @file{jeden} with this option
9623 produces the following diagnostics:
9624
9625 @smallexample
9626 $ tar -c -f ../archive.tar -l jeden
9627 tar: Missing links to 'jeden'.
9628 @end smallexample
9629
9630 Although creating special records for hard links helps keep a faithful
9631 record of the file system contents and makes archives more compact, it
9632 may present some difficulties when extracting individual members from
9633 the archive. For example, trying to extract file @file{one} from the
9634 archive created in previous examples produces, in the absense of file
9635 @file{jeden}:
9636
9637 @smallexample
9638 $ tar xf archive.tar ./one
9639 tar: ./one: Cannot hard link to './jeden': No such file or directory
9640 tar: Error exit delayed from previous errors
9641 @end smallexample
9642
9643 The reason for this behavior is that @command{tar} cannot seek back in
9644 the archive to the previous member (in this case, @file{one}), to
9645 extract it@footnote{There are plans to fix this in future releases.}.
9646 If you wish to avoid such problems at the cost of a bigger archive,
9647 use the following option:
9648
9649 @table @option
9650 @xopindex{hard-dereference, described}
9651 @item --hard-dereference
9652 Dereference hard links and store the files they refer to.
9653 @end table
9654
9655 For example, trying this option on our two sample files, we get two
9656 copies in the archive, each of which can then be extracted
9657 independently of the other:
9658
9659 @smallexample
9660 @group
9661 $ tar -c -vv -f ../archive.tar --hard-dereference .
9662 drwxr-xr-x gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:13 ./
9663 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./jeden
9664 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./one
9665 @end group
9666 @end smallexample
9667
9668 @node old
9669 @subsection Old V7 Archives
9670 @cindex Format, old style
9671 @cindex Old style format
9672 @cindex Old style archives
9673 @cindex v7 archive format
9674
9675 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
9676 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
9677 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
9678 versions, specify the @option{--format=v7} option in
9679 conjunction with the @option{--create} (@option{-c}) (@command{tar} also
9680 accepts @option{--portability} or @option{--old-archive} for this
9681 option). When you specify it,
9682 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
9683 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
9684 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
9685
9686 When updating an archive, do not use @option{--format=v7}
9687 unless the archive was created using this option.
9688
9689 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
9690 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
9691 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
9692 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
9693 always use @option{--format=v7} for your distributions. Notice,
9694 however, that @samp{ustar} format is a better alternative, as it is
9695 free from many of @samp{v7}'s drawbacks.
9696
9697 @node ustar
9698 @subsection Ustar Archive Format
9699
9700 @cindex ustar archive format
9701 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX}.1-1988 specification is called
9702 @code{ustar}. Although it is more flexible than the V7 format, it
9703 still has many restrictions (@pxref{Formats,ustar}, for the detailed
9704 description of @code{ustar} format). Along with V7 format,
9705 @code{ustar} format is a good choice for archives intended to be read
9706 with other implementations of @command{tar}.
9707
9708 To create archive in @code{ustar} format, use @option{--format=ustar}
9709 option in conjunction with the @option{--create} (@option{-c}).
9710
9711 @node gnu
9712 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
9713
9714 @cindex GNU archive format
9715 @cindex Old GNU archive format
9716 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
9717 @acronym{POSIX} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
9718 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
9719 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
9720 specified in that @acronym{POSIX} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
9721 @acronym{POSIX} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
9722 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
9723 incompatible with the current @acronym{POSIX} specification, and with
9724 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
9725
9726 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
9727 this format by default. This will change in future releases, since
9728 we plan to make @samp{POSIX} format the default.
9729
9730 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
9731 @option{--format=gnu}.
9732
9733 @node posix
9734 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
9735
9736 @cindex POSIX archive format
9737 @cindex PAX archive format
9738 Starting from version 1.14 @GNUTAR{} features full support for
9739 @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives.
9740
9741 A @acronym{POSIX} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
9742 was given @option{--format=posix} (@option{--format=pax}) option. No
9743 special option is required to read and extract from a @acronym{POSIX}
9744 archive.
9745
9746 @menu
9747 * PAX keywords:: Controlling Extended Header Keywords.
9748 @end menu
9749
9750 @node PAX keywords
9751 @subsubsection Controlling Extended Header Keywords
9752
9753 @table @option
9754 @opindex pax-option
9755 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
9756 Handle keywords in @acronym{PAX} extended headers. This option is
9757 equivalent to @option{-o} option of the @command{pax} utility.
9758 @end table
9759
9760 @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
9761 list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
9762 the following forms:
9763
9764 @table @code
9765 @item delete=@var{pattern}
9766 When used with one of archive-creation commands,
9767 this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
9768 that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
9769
9770 When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
9771 to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
9772 header records. In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
9773 matching notation described in @acronym{POSIX 1003.2}, 3.13
9774 (@pxref{wildcards}). For example:
9775
9776 @smallexample
9777 --pax-option delete=security.*
9778 @end smallexample
9779
9780 would suppress security-related information.
9781
9782 @item exthdr.name=@var{string}
9783
9784 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
9785 ustar header blocks for the extended headers. The name is obtained
9786 from @var{string} after making the following substitutions:
9787
9788 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
9789 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
9790 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
9791 result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated file name.
9792 @item %f @tab The name of the file with the directory information
9793 stripped, equivalent to the result of the @command{basename} utility
9794 on the translated file name.
9795 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process.
9796 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
9797 @end multitable
9798
9799 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
9800 results.
9801
9802 If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
9803 will use the following default value:
9804
9805 @smallexample
9806 %d/PaxHeaders.%p/%f
9807 @end smallexample
9808
9809 @item exthdr.mtime=@var{value}
9810
9811 This keyword defines the value of the @samp{mtime} field that
9812 is written into the ustar header blocks for the extended headers.
9813 By default, the @samp{mtime} field is set to the modification time
9814 of the archive member described by that extended headers.
9815
9816 @item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
9817 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
9818 the ustar header blocks for global extended header records. The name
9819 is obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after making
9820 the following substitutions:
9821
9822 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
9823 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
9824 @item %n @tab An integer that represents the
9825 sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
9826 starting at 1.
9827 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process.
9828 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
9829 @end multitable
9830
9831 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined results.
9832
9833 If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
9834 will use the following default value:
9835
9836 @smallexample
9837 $TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
9838 @end smallexample
9839
9840 @noindent
9841 where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
9842 environment variable. If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
9843 uses @samp{/tmp}.
9844
9845 @item globexthdr.mtime=@var{value}
9846
9847 This keyword defines the value of the @samp{mtime} field that
9848 is written into the ustar header blocks for the global extended headers.
9849 By default, the @samp{mtime} field is set to the time when
9850 @command{tar} was invoked.
9851
9852 @item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
9853 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
9854 will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
9855 header record. When used with one of archive-reading commands,
9856 @command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
9857 pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
9858 record.
9859
9860 @item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
9861 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
9862 will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
9863 each file. This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
9864 form except that it creates no global extended header records.
9865
9866 When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
9867 behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
9868 end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
9869 file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
9870 For example, in the command:
9871
9872 @smallexample
9873 tar --format=posix --create \
9874 --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
9875 @end smallexample
9876
9877 the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
9878 stored in the archive.
9879 @end table
9880
9881 In any of the forms described above, the @var{value} may be
9882 a string enclosed in curly braces. In that case, the string
9883 between the braces is understood either as a textual time
9884 representation, as described in @ref{Date input formats}, or a name of
9885 the existing file, starting with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the latter
9886 case, the modification time of that file is used.
9887
9888 For example, to set all modification times to the current date, you
9889 use the following option:
9890
9891 @smallexample
9892 --pax-option='mtime:=@{now@}'
9893 @end smallexample
9894
9895 Note quoting of the option's argument.
9896
9897 @cindex archives, binary equivalent
9898 @cindex binary equivalent archives, creating
9899 As another example, here is the option that ensures that any two
9900 archives created using it, will be binary equivalent if they have the
9901 same contents:
9902
9903 @smallexample
9904 --pax-option=exthdr.name=%d/PaxHeaders/%f,atime:=0
9905 @end smallexample
9906
9907 @node Checksumming
9908 @subsection Checksumming Problems
9909
9910 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
9911 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-@acronym{ASCII} file names, that
9912 is, file names having characters with the eight bit set, because they
9913 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
9914 checksums while creating archives, as per @acronym{POSIX} standards. On
9915 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and
9916 accepts any. It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
9917 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
9918 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
9919 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
9920 vice versa.
9921
9922 @GNUTAR{} computes checksums both ways, and accept
9923 any on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
9924 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
9925 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
9926 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
9927 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
9928 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
9929 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
9930
9931 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
9932 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
9933 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
9934 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
9935 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
9936 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
9937 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
9938 has chosen that their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
9939 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
9940 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
9941 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
9942
9943 @node Large or Negative Values
9944 @subsection Large or Negative Values
9945 @cindex large values
9946 @cindex future time stamps
9947 @cindex negative time stamps
9948 @UNREVISED
9949
9950 The above sections suggest to use @samp{oldest possible} archive
9951 format if in doubt. However, sometimes it is not possible. If you
9952 attempt to archive a file whose metadata cannot be represented using
9953 required format, @GNUTAR{} will print error message and ignore such a
9954 file. You will than have to switch to a format that is able to
9955 handle such values. The format summary table (@pxref{Formats}) will
9956 help you to do so.
9957
9958 In particular, when trying to archive files larger than 8GB or with
9959 timestamps not in the range 1970-01-01 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16
9960 12:56:31 @sc{utc}, you will have to chose between @acronym{GNU} and
9961 @acronym{POSIX} archive formats. When considering which format to
9962 choose, bear in mind that the @acronym{GNU} format uses
9963 two's-complement base-256 notation to store values that do not fit
9964 into standard @acronym{ustar} range. Such archives can generally be
9965 read only by a @GNUTAR{} implementation. Moreover, they sometimes
9966 cannot be correctly restored on another hosts even by @GNUTAR{}. For
9967 example, using two's complement representation for negative time
9968 stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t} generates archives
9969 that are not portable to hosts with differing @code{time_t}
9970 representations.
9971
9972 On the other hand, @acronym{POSIX} archives, generally speaking, can
9973 be extracted by any tar implementation that understands older
9974 @acronym{ustar} format. The only exception are files larger than 8GB.
9975
9976 @FIXME{Describe how @acronym{POSIX} archives are extracted by non
9977 POSIX-aware tars.}
9978
9979 @node Other Tars
9980 @subsection How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using Other @command{tar} Implementations
9981
9982 In previous sections you became acquainted with various quirks
9983 necessary to make your archives portable. Sometimes you may need to
9984 extract archives containing GNU-specific members using some
9985 third-party @command{tar} implementation or an older version of
9986 @GNUTAR{}. Of course your best bet is to have @GNUTAR{} installed,
9987 but if it is for some reason impossible, this section will explain
9988 how to cope without it.
9989
9990 When we speak about @dfn{GNU-specific} members we mean two classes of
9991 them: members split between the volumes of a multi-volume archive and
9992 sparse members. You will be able to always recover such members if
9993 the archive is in PAX format. In addition split members can be
9994 recovered from archives in old GNU format. The following subsections
9995 describe the required procedures in detail.
9996
9997 @menu
9998 * Split Recovery:: Members Split Between Volumes
9999 * Sparse Recovery:: Sparse Members
10000 @end menu
10001
10002 @node Split Recovery
10003 @subsubsection Extracting Members Split Between Volumes
10004
10005 @cindex Mutli-volume archives, extracting using non-GNU tars
10006 If a member is split between several volumes of an old GNU format archive
10007 most third party @command{tar} implementation will fail to extract
10008 it. To extract it, use @command{tarcat} program (@pxref{Tarcat}).
10009 This program is available from
10010 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/@/utils/@/tarcat.html, @GNUTAR{}
10011 home page}. It concatenates several archive volumes into a single
10012 valid archive. For example, if you have three volumes named from
10013 @file{vol-1.tar} to @file{vol-3.tar}, you can do the following to
10014 extract them using a third-party @command{tar}:
10015
10016 @smallexample
10017 $ @kbd{tarcat vol-1.tar vol-2.tar vol-3.tar | tar xf -}
10018 @end smallexample
10019
10020 @cindex Mutli-volume archives in PAX format, extracting using non-GNU tars
10021 You could use this approach for most (although not all) PAX
10022 format archives as well. However, extracting split members from a PAX
10023 archive is a much easier task, because PAX volumes are constructed in
10024 such a way that each part of a split member is extracted to a
10025 different file by @command{tar} implementations that are not aware of
10026 GNU extensions. More specifically, the very first part retains its
10027 original name, and all subsequent parts are named using the pattern:
10028
10029 @smallexample
10030 %d/GNUFileParts.%p/%f.%n
10031 @end smallexample
10032
10033 @noindent
10034 where symbols preceeded by @samp{%} are @dfn{macro characters} that
10035 have the following meaning:
10036
10037 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
10038 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
10039 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
10040 result of the @command{dirname} utility on its full name.
10041 @item %f @tab The file name of the file, equivalent to the result
10042 of the @command{basename} utility on its full name.
10043 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process that
10044 created the archive.
10045 @item %n @tab Ordinal number of this particular part.
10046 @end multitable
10047
10048 For example, if the file @file{var/longfile} was split during archive
10049 creation between three volumes, and the creator @command{tar} process
10050 had process @acronym{ID} @samp{27962}, then the member names will be:
10051
10052 @smallexample
10053 var/longfile
10054 var/GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.1
10055 var/GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.2
10056 @end smallexample
10057
10058 When you extract your archive using a third-party @command{tar}, these
10059 files will be created on your disk, and the only thing you will need
10060 to do to restore your file in its original form is concatenate them in
10061 the proper order, for example:
10062
10063 @smallexample
10064 @group
10065 $ @kbd{cd var}
10066 $ @kbd{cat GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.1 \
10067 GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.2 >> longfile}
10068 $ rm -f GNUFileParts.27962
10069 @end group
10070 @end smallexample
10071
10072 Notice, that if the @command{tar} implementation you use supports PAX
10073 format archives, it will probably emit warnings about unknown keywords
10074 during extraction. They will look like this:
10075
10076 @smallexample
10077 @group
10078 Tar file too small
10079 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.filename' ignored.
10080 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.size' ignored.
10081 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.offset' ignored.
10082 @end group
10083 @end smallexample
10084
10085 @noindent
10086 You can safely ignore these warnings.
10087
10088 If your @command{tar} implementation is not PAX-aware, you will get
10089 more warnings and more files generated on your disk, e.g.:
10090
10091 @smallexample
10092 @group
10093 $ @kbd{tar xf vol-1.tar}
10094 var/PaxHeaders.27962/longfile: Unknown file type 'x', extracted as
10095 normal file
10096 Unexpected EOF in archive
10097 $ @kbd{tar xf vol-2.tar}
10098 tmp/GlobalHead.27962.1: Unknown file type 'g', extracted as normal file
10099 GNUFileParts.27962/PaxHeaders.27962/sparsefile.1: Unknown file type
10100 'x', extracted as normal file
10101 @end group
10102 @end smallexample
10103
10104 Ignore these warnings. The @file{PaxHeaders.*} directories created
10105 will contain files with @dfn{extended header keywords} describing the
10106 extracted files. You can delete them, unless they describe sparse
10107 members. Read further to learn more about them.
10108
10109 @node Sparse Recovery
10110 @subsubsection Extracting Sparse Members
10111
10112 @cindex sparse files, extracting with non-GNU tars
10113 Any @command{tar} implementation will be able to extract sparse members from a
10114 PAX archive. However, the extracted files will be @dfn{condensed},
10115 i.e., any zero blocks will be removed from them. When we restore such
10116 a condensed file to its original form, by adding zero blocks (or
10117 @dfn{holes}) back to their original locations, we call this process
10118 @dfn{expanding} a compressed sparse file.
10119
10120 @pindex xsparse
10121 To expand a file, you will need a simple auxiliary program called
10122 @command{xsparse}. It is available in source form from
10123 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/@/utils/@/xsparse.html, @GNUTAR{}
10124 home page}.
10125
10126 @cindex sparse files v.1.0, extracting with non-GNU tars
10127 Let's begin with archive members in @dfn{sparse format
10128 version 1.0}@footnote{@xref{PAX 1}.}, which are the easiest to expand.
10129 The condensed file will contain both file map and file data, so no
10130 additional data will be needed to restore it. If the original file
10131 name was @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, then the condensed file will be
10132 named @file{@var{dir}/@/GNUSparseFile.@var{n}/@/@var{name}}, where
10133 @var{n} is a decimal number@footnote{Technically speaking, @var{n} is a
10134 @dfn{process @acronym{ID}} of the @command{tar} process which created the
10135 archive (@pxref{PAX keywords}).}.
10136
10137 To expand a version 1.0 file, run @command{xsparse} as follows:
10138
10139 @smallexample
10140 $ @kbd{xsparse @file{cond-file}}
10141 @end smallexample
10142
10143 @noindent
10144 where @file{cond-file} is the name of the condensed file. The utility
10145 will deduce the name for the resulting expanded file using the
10146 following algorithm:
10147
10148 @enumerate 1
10149 @item If @file{cond-file} does not contain any directories,
10150 @file{../cond-file} will be used;
10151
10152 @item If @file{cond-file} has the form
10153 @file{@var{dir}/@var{t}/@var{name}}, where both @var{t} and @var{name}
10154 are simple names, with no @samp{/} characters in them, the output file
10155 name will be @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}.
10156
10157 @item Otherwise, if @file{cond-file} has the form
10158 @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, the output file name will be
10159 @file{@var{name}}.
10160 @end enumerate
10161
10162 In the unlikely case when this algorithm does not suit your needs,
10163 you can explicitly specify output file name as a second argument to
10164 the command:
10165
10166 @smallexample
10167 $ @kbd{xsparse @file{cond-file} @file{out-file}}
10168 @end smallexample
10169
10170 It is often a good idea to run @command{xsparse} in @dfn{dry run} mode
10171 first. In this mode, the command does not actually expand the file,
10172 but verbosely lists all actions it would be taking to do so. The dry
10173 run mode is enabled by @option{-n} command line argument:
10174
10175 @smallexample
10176 @group
10177 $ @kbd{xsparse -n /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10178 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
10179 Expanding file '/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
10180 '/home/gray/sparsefile'
10181 Finished dry run
10182 @end group
10183 @end smallexample
10184
10185 To actually expand the file, you would run:
10186
10187 @smallexample
10188 $ @kbd{xsparse /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10189 @end smallexample
10190
10191 @noindent
10192 The program behaves the same way all UNIX utilities do: it will keep
10193 quiet unless it has simething important to tell you (e.g. an error
10194 condition or something). If you wish it to produce verbose output,
10195 similar to that from the dry run mode, use @option{-v} option:
10196
10197 @smallexample
10198 @group
10199 $ @kbd{xsparse -v /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10200 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
10201 Expanding file '/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
10202 '/home/gray/sparsefile'
10203 Done
10204 @end group
10205 @end smallexample
10206
10207 Additionally, if your @command{tar} implementation has extracted the
10208 @dfn{extended headers} for this file, you can instruct @command{xstar}
10209 to use them in order to verify the integrity of the expanded file.
10210 The option @option{-x} sets the name of the extended header file to
10211 use. Continuing our example:
10212
10213 @smallexample
10214 @group
10215 $ @kbd{xsparse -v -x /home/gray/PaxHeaders.6058/sparsefile \
10216 /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10217 Reading extended header file
10218 Found variable GNU.sparse.major = 1
10219 Found variable GNU.sparse.minor = 0
10220 Found variable GNU.sparse.name = sparsefile
10221 Found variable GNU.sparse.realsize = 217481216
10222 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
10223 Expanding file '/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
10224 '/home/gray/sparsefile'
10225 Done
10226 @end group
10227 @end smallexample
10228
10229 @anchor{extracting sparse v.0.x}
10230 @cindex sparse files v.0.1, extracting with non-GNU tars
10231 @cindex sparse files v.0.0, extracting with non-GNU tars
10232 An @dfn{extended header} is a special @command{tar} archive header
10233 that precedes an archive member and contains a set of
10234 @dfn{variables}, describing the member properties that cannot be
10235 stored in the standard @code{ustar} header. While optional for
10236 expanding sparse version 1.0 members, the use of extended headers is
10237 mandatory when expanding sparse members in older sparse formats: v.0.0
10238 and v.0.1 (The sparse formats are described in detail in @ref{Sparse
10239 Formats}.) So, for these formats, the question is: how to obtain
10240 extended headers from the archive?
10241
10242 If you use a @command{tar} implementation that does not support PAX
10243 format, extended headers for each member will be extracted as a
10244 separate file. If we represent the member name as
10245 @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, then the extended header file will be
10246 named @file{@var{dir}/@/PaxHeaders.@var{n}/@/@var{name}}, where
10247 @var{n} is an integer number.
10248
10249 Things become more difficult if your @command{tar} implementation
10250 does support PAX headers, because in this case you will have to
10251 manually extract the headers. We recommend the following algorithm:
10252
10253 @enumerate 1
10254 @item
10255 Consult the documentation of your @command{tar} implementation for an
10256 option that prints @dfn{block numbers} along with the archive
10257 listing (analogous to @GNUTAR{}'s @option{-R} option). For example,
10258 @command{star} has @option{-block-number}.
10259
10260 @item
10261 Obtain verbose listing using the @samp{block number} option, and
10262 find block numbers of the sparse member in question and the member
10263 immediately following it. For example, running @command{star} on our
10264 archive we obtain:
10265
10266 @smallexample
10267 @group
10268 $ @kbd{star -t -v -block-number -f arc.tar}
10269 @dots{}
10270 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.size' ignored.
10271 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.numblocks' ignored.
10272 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.name' ignored.
10273 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.map' ignored.
10274 block 56: 425984 -rw-r--r-- gray/users Jun 25 14:46 2006 GNUSparseFile.28124/sparsefile
10275 block 897: 65391 -rw-r--r-- gray/users Jun 24 20:06 2006 README
10276 @dots{}
10277 @end group
10278 @end smallexample
10279
10280 @noindent
10281 (as usual, ignore the warnings about unknown keywords.)
10282
10283 @item
10284 Let @var{size} be the size of the sparse member, @var{Bs} be its block number
10285 and @var{Bn} be the block number of the next member.
10286 Compute:
10287
10288 @smallexample
10289 @var{N} = @var{Bs} - @var{Bn} - @var{size}/512 - 2
10290 @end smallexample
10291
10292 @noindent
10293 This number gives the size of the extended header part in tar @dfn{blocks}.
10294 In our example, this formula gives: @code{897 - 56 - 425984 / 512 - 2
10295 = 7}.
10296
10297 @item
10298 Use @command{dd} to extract the headers:
10299
10300 @smallexample
10301 @kbd{dd if=@var{archive} of=@var{hname} bs=512 skip=@var{Bs} count=@var{N}}
10302 @end smallexample
10303
10304 @noindent
10305 where @var{archive} is the archive name, @var{hname} is a name of the
10306 file to store the extended header in, @var{Bs} and @var{N} are
10307 computed in previous steps.
10308
10309 In our example, this command will be
10310
10311 @smallexample
10312 $ @kbd{dd if=arc.tar of=xhdr bs=512 skip=56 count=7}
10313 @end smallexample
10314 @end enumerate
10315
10316 Finally, you can expand the condensed file, using the obtained header:
10317
10318 @smallexample
10319 @group
10320 $ @kbd{xsparse -v -x xhdr GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
10321 Reading extended header file
10322 Found variable GNU.sparse.size = 217481216
10323 Found variable GNU.sparse.numblocks = 208
10324 Found variable GNU.sparse.name = sparsefile
10325 Found variable GNU.sparse.map = 0,2048,1050624,2048,@dots{}
10326 Expanding file 'GNUSparseFile.28124/sparsefile' to 'sparsefile'
10327 Done
10328 @end group
10329 @end smallexample
10330
10331 @node cpio
10332 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
10333 @UNREVISED
10334
10335 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
10336
10337 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
10338 file name lengths. The binary and old @acronym{ASCII} formats have a maximum file
10339 length of 256, and the new @acronym{ASCII} and @acronym{CRC ASCII} formats have a max
10340 file length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
10341 with arbitrary file name lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
10342 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
10343
10344 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in @acronym{BSD};
10345 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
10346 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
10347 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
10348 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
10349 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
10350 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
10351 into a later @acronym{BSD} release---I think I gave them my changes).
10352
10353 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
10354 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
10355 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
10356 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
10357
10358 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
10359
10360 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and @acronym{BSD} source;
10361 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later @acronym{BSD}
10362 (4.3-tahoe and later).
10363
10364 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
10365 file systems that support 32-bit i-numbers (e.g., the @acronym{BSD} file system);
10366 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its ``binary''
10367 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its ``portable @acronym{ASCII}'' format,
10368 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system @acronym{ID}"
10369 field of the header to make sure that the file system @acronym{ID}/i-number pairs
10370 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
10371 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
10372 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
10373 make hard links between them.
10374
10375 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
10376 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
10377 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
10378 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
10379 of the names.
10380
10381 @quotation
10382 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
10383 @end quotation
10384
10385 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
10386 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
10387 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
10388
10389 @quotation
10390 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
10391 at the unix scene,
10392 @end quotation
10393
10394 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
10395 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
10396 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
10397 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
10398 @command{cpio} knew about it.
10399
10400 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
10401 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
10402 rest of the files.
10403
10404 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
10405
10406 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
10407 to start on a record boundary.
10408
10409 @quotation
10410 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
10411 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
10412 crashed archives at all.)
10413 @end quotation
10414
10415 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
10416 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
10417 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
10418 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
10419 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
10420 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
10421 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
10422 archive.
10423
10424 @quotation
10425 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
10426 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
10427 @end quotation
10428
10429 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
10430 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
10431 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
10432 special files.
10433
10434 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
10435 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
10436 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
10437 backwards compatibility.
10438
10439 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
10440 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
10441 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
10442
10443 @node Media
10444 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
10445 @UNREVISED
10446
10447 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
10448 description. These special cases are discussed below.
10449
10450 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
10451 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
10452 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
10453 such manipulation easier.
10454
10455 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
10456 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
10457
10458 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
10459 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
10460 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
10461 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
10462
10463 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
10464 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
10465 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
10466 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
10467 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
10468 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
10469
10470 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
10471 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
10472 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
10473 not a good idea.
10474
10475 @menu
10476 * Device:: Device selection and switching
10477 * Remote Tape Server::
10478 * Common Problems and Solutions::
10479 * Blocking:: Blocking
10480 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
10481 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
10482 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
10483 * verify::
10484 * Write Protection::
10485 @end menu
10486
10487 @node Device
10488 @section Device Selection and Switching
10489 @UNREVISED
10490
10491 @table @option
10492 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
10493 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
10494 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
10495 @end table
10496
10497 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
10498 works on.
10499
10500 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
10501 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
10502 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
10503 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
10504 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
10505
10506 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
10507 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
10508 sign (@samp{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
10509 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
10510 @command{remsh}) to start up an @command{/usr/libexec/rmt} on the remote
10511 machine. If you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the
10512 @command{rsh}.
10513 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable
10514 @command{/usr/libexec/rmt}. This program is free software from the
10515 University of California, and a copy of the source code can be found
10516 with the sources for @command{tar}; it's compiled and installed by default.
10517 The exact path to this utility is determined when configuring the package.
10518 It is @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} stands for
10519 your installation prefix. This location may also be overridden at
10520 runtime by using the @option{--rmt-command=@var{command}} option (@xref{Option Summary,
10521 ---rmt-command}, for detailed description of this option. @xref{Remote
10522 Tape Server}, for the description of @command{rmt} command).
10523
10524 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
10525 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
10526 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
10527 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
10528 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
10529
10530 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
10531 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
10532 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
10533 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
10534 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
10535 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
10536 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
10537 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
10538 cartridges or diskettes.
10539
10540 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
10541 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
10542 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
10543 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
10544 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
10545 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
10546 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
10547 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
10548 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
10549 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
10550 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
10551 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
10552
10553 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
10554 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
10555 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
10556 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
10557 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
10558
10559 @table @option
10560 @xopindex{force-local, short description}
10561 @item --force-local
10562 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
10563
10564 @opindex rsh-command
10565 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
10566 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
10567 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
10568 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
10569
10570 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
10571 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
10572 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
10573 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
10574 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
10575 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
10576
10577 @item -[0-7][lmh]
10578 Specify drive and density.
10579
10580 @xopindex{multi-volume, short description}
10581 @item -M
10582 @itemx --multi-volume
10583 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
10584
10585 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
10586 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
10587 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
10588
10589 @xopindex{tape-length, short description}
10590 @item -L @var{num}
10591 @itemx --tape-length=@var{size}[@var{suf}]
10592 Change tape after writing @var{size} units of data. Unless @var{suf} is
10593 given, @var{size} is treated as kilobytes, i.e. @samp{@var{size} x
10594 1024} bytes. The following suffixes alter this behavior:
10595
10596 @float Table, size-suffixes
10597 @caption{Size Suffixes}
10598 @multitable @columnfractions 0.2 0.3 0.3
10599 @headitem Suffix @tab Units @tab Byte Equivalent
10600 @item b @tab Blocks @tab @var{size} x 512
10601 @item B @tab Kilobytes @tab @var{size} x 1024
10602 @item c @tab Bytes @tab @var{size}
10603 @item G @tab Gigabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^3
10604 @item K @tab Kilobytes @tab @var{size} x 1024
10605 @item k @tab Kilobytes @tab @var{size} x 1024
10606 @item M @tab Megabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^2
10607 @item P @tab Petabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^5
10608 @item T @tab Terabytes @tab @var{size} x 1024^4
10609 @item w @tab Words @tab @var{size} x 2
10610 @end multitable
10611 @end float
10612
10613 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
10614 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
10615 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
10616
10617 @xopindex{info-script, short description}
10618 @xopindex{new-volume-script, short description}
10619 @item -F @var{command}
10620 @itemx --info-script=@var{command}
10621 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{command}
10622 Execute @var{command} at end of each tape. This implies
10623 @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}). @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
10624 description of this option.
10625 @end table
10626
10627 @node Remote Tape Server
10628 @section Remote Tape Server
10629
10630 @cindex remote tape drive
10631 @pindex rmt
10632 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
10633 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
10634 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as
10635 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt} on any machine whose tape drive you
10636 want to use. @command{tar} calls @command{rmt} by running an
10637 @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote machine, optionally
10638 using a different login name if one is supplied.
10639
10640 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. Its
10641 source code can be freely distributed. It is compiled and
10642 installed by default.
10643
10644 @cindex absolute file names
10645 Unless you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option,
10646 @GNUTAR{} will not allow you to create an archive that contains
10647 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
10648 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
10649 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
10650 message telling you what it is doing.
10651
10652 When reading an archive that was created with a different
10653 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
10654 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
10655 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
10656 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
10657 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
10658 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
10659 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
10660 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
10661 backup tapes.
10662
10663 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
10664 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
10665 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
10666 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
10667 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
10668 from the archive, or you should either use the @option{--absolute-names}
10669 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
10670
10671 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
10672 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
10673 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
10674 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
10675 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
10676 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
10677
10678 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
10679 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
10680 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
10681 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
10682 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
10683 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}).
10684
10685 This means that the @option{--append}, @option{--concatenate}, and
10686 @option{--delete} commands will not work on any other kind of file.
10687 Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which means these commands and
10688 options will never be able to work on them. These non-backspacing
10689 media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
10690
10691 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
10692 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
10693
10694 Archives created with the @option{--multi-volume}, @option{--label}, and
10695 @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) options may not be readable by other version
10696 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
10697 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
10698 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
10699 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
10700 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
10701 with the @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) option.
10702
10703 @node Common Problems and Solutions
10704 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
10705
10706 @ifclear PUBLISH
10707
10708 @format
10709 errors from system:
10710 permission denied
10711 no such file or directory
10712 not owner
10713
10714 errors from @command{tar}:
10715 directory checksum error
10716 header format error
10717
10718 errors from media/system:
10719 i/o error
10720 device busy
10721 @end format
10722
10723 @end ifclear
10724
10725 @node Blocking
10726 @section Blocking
10727 @cindex block
10728 @cindex record
10729
10730 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
10731 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
10732 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
10733 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
10734 two terms in a quite consistent way.
10735
10736 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
10737 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
10738
10739 @quotation
10740 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
10741 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
10742 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
10743 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
10744 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
10745 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
10746 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
10747 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
10748 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
10749 parameter specified this to the operating system.
10750
10751 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
10752 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
10753 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
10754 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @acronym{POSIX} (no surprise
10755 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
10756 into the source code too.
10757 @end quotation
10758
10759 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
10760 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
10761 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
10762 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
10763 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
10764 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
10765 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
10766 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
10767 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
10768 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
10769 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
10770 in @GNUTAR{}.
10771
10772 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
10773 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
10774 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
10775 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
10776 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
10777 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
10778 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
10779 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
10780 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
10781 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
10782 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
10783 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
10784 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
10785 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
10786 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
10787
10788 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
10789 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
10790 factor, use the @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
10791 @var{512-size}}) option. Each record will then be composed of
10792 @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is 512 bytes.
10793 @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses at least one
10794 full record. As a result, using a larger record size can result in
10795 more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a larger record
10796 size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
10797
10798 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
10799 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
10800 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
10801 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
10802 honor blocking.
10803
10804 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
10805 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
10806 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
10807 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
10808 normally@footnote{If this message is not needed, you can turn it off
10809 using the @option{--warning=no-record-size} option.}. On some tape
10810 devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure out the record size
10811 itself. On most of those, you can specify a blocking factor (with
10812 @option{--blocking-factor}) larger than the actual blocking factor,
10813 and then use the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option.
10814 (If you specify a blocking factor with @option{--blocking-factor} and
10815 don't use the @option{--read-full-records} option, then @command{tar}
10816 will not attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some
10817 devices, you must always specify the record size exactly with
10818 @option{--blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
10819 figure it out. In any case, use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) before
10820 doing any extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
10821 correctly.
10822
10823 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
10824 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
10825 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
10826 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
10827 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
10828
10829 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
10830 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
10831 @option{--blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
10832 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
10833 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
10834 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
10835 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
10836 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
10837 around one megabyte.
10838
10839 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
10840 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
10841 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
10842 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
10843 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
10844 device.
10845
10846 @menu
10847 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
10848 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
10849 @end menu
10850
10851 @node Format Variations
10852 @subsection Format Variations
10853 @cindex Format Parameters
10854 @cindex Format Options
10855 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
10856 @cindex Options, format specifying
10857 @UNREVISED
10858
10859 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
10860 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
10861 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
10862 store the archive.
10863
10864 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
10865 you can use the options described in the following sections.
10866 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
10867 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
10868 If you create an archive with the @option{--blocking-factor} option
10869 specified (@pxref{Blocking Factor}), you must specify that
10870 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
10871 examples of format parameter considerations.
10872
10873 @node Blocking Factor
10874 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
10875 @cindex Blocking Factor
10876 @cindex Record Size
10877 @cindex Number of blocks per record
10878 @cindex Number of bytes per record
10879 @cindex Bytes per record
10880 @cindex Blocks per record
10881 @UNREVISED
10882
10883 @opindex blocking-factor
10884 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
10885 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
10886 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (i.e., the size of a
10887 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
10888 The @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
10889 @var{512-size}}) option specifies the blocking factor of an archive.
10890 The default blocking factor is typically 20 (i.e., 10240 bytes), but
10891 can be specified at installation. To find out the blocking factor of
10892 an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list --file=@var{archive-name}}.
10893 This may not work on some devices.
10894
10895 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
10896 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
10897 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
10898 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
10899 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
10900 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
10901 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
10902 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
10903 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
10904 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
10905 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
10906 writing archives.
10907
10908 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
10909
10910 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
10911 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
10912 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
10913 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
10914 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
10915 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
10916
10917 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
10918 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
10919 example, this has been reported:
10920
10921 @smallexample
10922 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
10923 @end smallexample
10924
10925 @noindent
10926 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
10927 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
10928 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
10929 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
10930 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
10931 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
10932 for example, might resolve the problem.
10933
10934 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
10935 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
10936 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
10937 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
10938 can use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
10939 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
10940 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
10941 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
10942 is), you can usually use the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option while
10943 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
10944 (i.e., @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}).
10945 @xref{list}, for more information on the @option{--list} (@option{-t})
10946 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
10947
10948 @table @option
10949 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
10950 @itemx -b @var{number}
10951 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
10952 operation, but is usually not necessary with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
10953 @end table
10954
10955 Device blocking
10956
10957 @table @option
10958 @item -b @var{blocks}
10959 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
10960 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks}*512} bytes.
10961
10962 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
10963 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
10964 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
10965 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
10966 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
10967 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
10968
10969 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
10970 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
10971 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
10972 running on old machines with small address spaces.
10973
10974 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
10975 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
10976 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
10977 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
10978 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
10979
10980 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
10981 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
10982 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
10983 updating the archive.
10984
10985 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
10986 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
10987 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
10988 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
10989
10990 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
10991 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
10992 the amount of available virtual memory.
10993
10994 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
10995 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
10996 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
10997 @itemize @bullet
10998 @item
10999 the archive is subject to a compression option,
11000 @item
11001 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
11002 redirected nor piped,
11003 @item
11004 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
11005 device,
11006 @item
11007 @option{--blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
11008 invocation.
11009 @end itemize
11010
11011 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
11012 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
11013 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
11014 topic:
11015
11016 @itemize @bullet
11017
11018 @item
11019 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
11020 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
11021 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
11022 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
11023 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
11024 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
11025
11026 @item
11027 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
11028 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
11029 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
11030 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
11031 ignored.
11032
11033 @item
11034 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
11035 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
11036 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
11037 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
11038 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
11039 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
11040 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
11041
11042 @item
11043 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
11044 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
11045 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
11046 @end itemize
11047
11048 @xopindex{ignore-zeros, short description}
11049 @item -i
11050 @itemx --ignore-zeros
11051 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
11052
11053 The @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
11054 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
11055 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
11056 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
11057 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
11058 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
11059 the zeroed blocks.
11060
11061 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
11062 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
11063 are stored on a single physical tape.
11064
11065 @xopindex{read-full-records, short description}
11066 @item -B
11067 @itemx --read-full-records
11068 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2@acronym{BSD} pipes).
11069
11070 If @option{--read-full-records} is used, @command{tar}
11071 will not panic if an attempt to read a record from the archive does
11072 not return a full record. Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading
11073 until it has obtained a full
11074 record.
11075
11076 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
11077 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
11078 because on @acronym{BSD} Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
11079 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
11080 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
11081 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
11082
11083 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
11084
11085 @end table
11086
11087 Tape blocking
11088
11089 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
11090
11091 @cindex blocking factor
11092 @cindex tape blocking
11093
11094 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
11095 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
11096 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
11097 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
11098 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
11099 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
11100 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
11101 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
11102 tape motion without losing information.
11103
11104 @cindex Exabyte blocking
11105 @cindex DAT blocking
11106 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
11107 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
11108 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
11109 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
11110 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
11111 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
11112 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
11113 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
11114 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
11115 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
11116 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
11117 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
11118 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
11119 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
11120 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
11121 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
11122
11123 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
11124 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
11125 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
11126 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
11127
11128 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
11129 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
11130 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
11131
11132 I might also use @option{--number-blocks} instead of
11133 @option{--block-number}, so @option{--block} will then expand to
11134 @option{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
11135
11136 @node Many
11137 @section Many Archives on One Tape
11138
11139 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
11140
11141 @findex ntape @r{device}
11142 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
11143 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
11144 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
11145 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
11146 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
11147 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
11148 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
11149 device.
11150
11151 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
11152 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
11153 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
11154 means that a simple:
11155
11156 @smallexample
11157 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
11158 @end smallexample
11159
11160 @noindent
11161 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
11162 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
11163 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
11164 just been saved.
11165
11166 @cindex tape positioning
11167 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
11168 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
11169 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
11170 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
11171 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
11172 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
11173 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
11174 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
11175 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
11176 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
11177 recovered.
11178
11179 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
11180 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
11181
11182 @smallexample
11183 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
11184 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
11185 @end smallexample
11186
11187 @cindex tape marks
11188 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
11189 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
11190 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
11191 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
11192 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
11193 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
11194 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
11195 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
11196 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
11197 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
11198 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
11199
11200 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
11201 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
11202
11203 @smallexample
11204 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
11205 @end smallexample
11206
11207 @noindent
11208 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
11209
11210 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
11211 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
11212 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
11213 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
11214 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
11215 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
11216 these commands:
11217
11218 @smallexample
11219 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
11220 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
11221 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
11222 @end smallexample
11223
11224 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
11225 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
11226
11227 @menu
11228 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
11229 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
11230 @end menu
11231
11232 @node Tape Positioning
11233 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
11234 @UNREVISED
11235
11236 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
11237 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
11238 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
11239 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
11240 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
11241 two at the end of all the file entries.
11242
11243 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
11244 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
11245
11246 @smallexample
11247 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
11248 @end smallexample
11249
11250 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
11251 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
11252 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
11253 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
11254 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
11255 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
11256 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
11257 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
11258 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
11259 the beginning of the archive you want to read. You can do it manually
11260 via @code{mt} utility (@pxref{mt}). The @code{restore} script does
11261 that automatically (@pxref{Scripted Restoration}).
11262
11263 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
11264 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
11265 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
11266 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
11267 following:
11268
11269 @smallexample
11270 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
11271 @end smallexample
11272
11273 @node mt
11274 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
11275 @UNREVISED
11276
11277 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
11278 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
11279 @xref{Blocking Factor}.
11280
11281 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
11282 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
11283 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
11284 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
11285 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
11286 together"?}
11287
11288 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
11289
11290 @smallexample
11291 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
11292 @end smallexample
11293
11294 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
11295 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
11296 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
11297
11298 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
11299
11300 @table @option
11301 @item eof
11302 @itemx weof
11303 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
11304
11305 @item fsf
11306 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
11307
11308 @item bsf
11309 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
11310
11311 @item rewind
11312 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}.)
11313
11314 @item offline
11315 @itemx rewoff1
11316 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}.)
11317
11318 @item status
11319 Prints status information about the tape unit.
11320
11321 @end table
11322
11323 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
11324 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} will use
11325 the default device specified in your @file{sys/mtio.h} file
11326 (@code{DEFTAPE} variable). If this is not defined, the program will
11327 display a descriptive error message and exit with code 1.
11328
11329 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
11330 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
11331 failed.
11332
11333 @node Using Multiple Tapes
11334 @section Using Multiple Tapes
11335
11336 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
11337 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
11338 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
11339 are using options like @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} or dumping entire file systems.
11340 Therefore, @command{tar} provides a special mode for creating
11341 multi-volume archives.
11342
11343 @dfn{Multi-volume} archive is a single @command{tar} archive, stored
11344 on several media volumes of fixed size. Although in this section we will
11345 often call @samp{volume} a @dfn{tape}, there is absolutely no
11346 requirement for multi-volume archives to be stored on tapes. Instead,
11347 they can use whatever media type the user finds convenient, they can
11348 even be located on files.
11349
11350 When creating a multi-volume archive, @GNUTAR{} continues to fill
11351 current volume until it runs out of space, then it switches to
11352 next volume (usually the operator is queried to replace the tape on
11353 this point), and continues working on the new volume. This operation
11354 continues until all requested files are dumped. If @GNUTAR{} detects
11355 end of media while dumping a file, such a file is archived in split
11356 form. Some very big files can even be split across several volumes.
11357
11358 Each volume is itself a valid @GNUTAR{} archive, so it can be read
11359 without any special options. Consequently any file member residing
11360 entirely on one volume can be extracted or otherwise operated upon
11361 without needing the other volume. Sure enough, to extract a split
11362 member you would need all volumes its parts reside on.
11363
11364 Multi-volume archives suffer from several limitations. In particular,
11365 they cannot be compressed.
11366
11367 @GNUTAR{} is able to create multi-volume archives of two formats
11368 (@pxref{Formats}): @samp{GNU} and @samp{POSIX}.
11369
11370 @menu
11371 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
11372 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
11373 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
11374
11375 @end menu
11376
11377 @node Multi-Volume Archives
11378 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
11379 @cindex Multi-volume archives
11380
11381 @opindex multi-volume
11382 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
11383 the media, use the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option in conjunction with
11384 the @option{--create} option (@pxref{create}). A @dfn{multi-volume}
11385 archive can be manipulated like any other archive (provided the
11386 @option{--multi-volume} option is specified), but is stored on more
11387 than one tape or file.
11388
11389 When you specify @option{--multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
11390 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
11391 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
11392 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
11393 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
11394 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
11395
11396 @table @option
11397 @item --multi-volume
11398 @itemx -M
11399 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
11400 @option{--create} (@option{-c}). To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
11401 archive, specify @option{--multi-volume} in conjunction with that
11402 operation.
11403 For example:
11404
11405 @smallexample
11406 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
11407 @end smallexample
11408 @end table
11409
11410 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
11411 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. If @command{tar}
11412 cannot detect the end of the tape itself, you can use
11413 @option{--tape-length} option to inform it about the capacity of the
11414 tape:
11415
11416 @anchor{tape-length}
11417 @table @option
11418 @opindex tape-length
11419 @item --tape-length=@var{size}[@var{suf}]
11420 @itemx -L @var{size}[@var{suf}]
11421 Set maximum length of a volume. The @var{suf}, if given, specifies
11422 units in which @var{size} is expressed, e.g. @samp{2M} mean 2
11423 megabytes (@pxref{size-suffixes}, for a list of allowed size
11424 suffixes). Without @var{suf}, units of 1024 bytes (kilobyte) are
11425 assumed.
11426
11427 This option selects @option{--multi-volume} automatically. For example:
11428
11429 @smallexample
11430 $ @kbd{tar --create --tape-length=41943040 --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
11431 @end smallexample
11432
11433 @noindent
11434 or, which is equivalent:
11435
11436 @smallexample
11437 $ @kbd{tar --create --tape-length=4G --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
11438 @end smallexample
11439 @end table
11440
11441 @anchor{change volume prompt}
11442 When @GNUTAR{} comes to the end of a storage media, it asks you to
11443 change the volume. The built-in prompt for POSIX locale
11444 is@footnote{If you run @GNUTAR{} under a different locale, the
11445 translation to the locale's language will be used.}:
11446
11447 @smallexample
11448 Prepare volume #@var{n} for '@var{archive}' and hit return:
11449 @end smallexample
11450
11451 @noindent
11452 where @var{n} is the ordinal number of the volume to be created and
11453 @var{archive} is archive file or device name.
11454
11455 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
11456 responses:
11457
11458 @table @kbd
11459 @item ?
11460 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses.
11461 @item q
11462 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
11463 @item n @var{file-name}
11464 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file-name}.
11465 @item !
11466 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell. This option can be disabled
11467 by giving @option{--restrict} command line option to
11468 @command{tar}@footnote{@xref{--restrict}, for more information about
11469 this option.}.
11470 @item y
11471 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
11472 @end table
11473
11474 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
11475 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
11476
11477 @cindex Volume number file
11478 @cindex volno file
11479 @anchor{volno-file}
11480 @opindex volno-file
11481 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-changing prompt
11482 can be changed; if you give the
11483 @option{--volno-file=@var{file-of-number}} option, then
11484 @var{file-of-number} should be an non-existing file to be created, or
11485 else, a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be
11486 used as the volume number of the first volume written. When
11487 @command{tar} is finished, it will rewrite the file with the
11488 now-current volume number. (This does not change the volume number
11489 written on a tape label, as per @ref{label}, it @emph{only} affects
11490 the number used in the prompt.)
11491
11492 @cindex End-of-archive info script
11493 @cindex Info script
11494 @anchor{info-script}
11495 @opindex info-script
11496 @opindex new-volume-script
11497 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, you can write a special
11498 @dfn{new volume script}, that will be responsible for changing the
11499 volume, and instruct @command{tar} to use it instead of its normal
11500 prompting procedure:
11501
11502 @table @option
11503 @item --info-script=@var{command}
11504 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{command}
11505 @itemx -F @var{command}
11506 Specify the command to invoke when switching volumes. The @var{command}
11507 can be used to eject cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as
11508 @samp{Someone please come change my tape} when performing unattended
11509 backups.
11510 @end table
11511
11512 The @var{command} can contain additional options, if such are needed.
11513 @xref{external, Running External Commands}, for a detailed discussion
11514 of the way @GNUTAR{} runs external commands. It inherits
11515 @command{tar}'s shell environment. Additional data is passed to it
11516 via the following environment variables:
11517
11518 @table @env
11519 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, info script environment variable
11520 @item TAR_VERSION
11521 @GNUTAR{} version number.
11522
11523 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, info script environment variable
11524 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
11525 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
11526
11527 @vrindex TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR, info script environment variable
11528 @item TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR
11529 Current blocking factor (@pxref{Blocking}).
11530
11531 @vrindex TAR_VOLUME, info script environment variable
11532 @item TAR_VOLUME
11533 Ordinal number of the volume @command{tar} is about to start.
11534
11535 @vrindex TAR_SUBCOMMAND, info script environment variable
11536 @item TAR_SUBCOMMAND
11537 A short option describing the operation @command{tar} is executing.
11538 @xref{Operations}, for a complete list of subcommand options.
11539
11540 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, info script environment variable
11541 @item TAR_FORMAT
11542 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
11543 list of archive format names.
11544
11545 @vrindex TAR_FD, info script environment variable
11546 @item TAR_FD
11547 File descriptor which can be used to communicate the new volume
11548 name to @command{tar}.
11549 @end table
11550
11551 These variables can be used in the @var{command} itself, provided that
11552 they are properly quoted to prevent them from being expanded by the
11553 shell that invokes @command{tar}.
11554
11555 The volume script can instruct @command{tar} to use new archive name,
11556 by writing in to file descriptor @env{$TAR_FD} (see below for an example).
11557
11558 If the info script fails, @command{tar} exits; otherwise, it begins
11559 writing the next volume.
11560
11561 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of files or tape
11562 drives, there are three approaches to choose from. First of all, you
11563 can give @command{tar} multiple @option{--file} options. In this case
11564 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive
11565 volumes of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs
11566 to be used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run
11567 the info script). For example, suppose someone has two tape drives on
11568 a system named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having
11569 @GNUTAR{} to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
11570 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
11571
11572 @smallexample
11573 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
11574 $ @kbd{tar -cM -f /dev/tape0 -f /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
11575 @end smallexample
11576
11577 The second method is to use the @samp{n} response to the tape-change
11578 prompt.
11579
11580 Finally, the most flexible approach is to use a volume script, that
11581 writes new archive name to the file descriptor @env{$TAR_FD}. For example, the
11582 following volume script will create a series of archive files, named
11583 @file{@var{archive}-@var{vol}}, where @var{archive} is the name of the
11584 archive being created (as given by @option{--file} option) and
11585 @var{vol} is the ordinal number of the archive being created:
11586
11587 @smallexample
11588 @group
11589 #! /bin/bash
11590 # For this script it's advisable to use a shell, such as Bash,
11591 # that supports a TAR_FD value greater than 9.
11592
11593 echo Preparing volume $TAR_VOLUME of $TAR_ARCHIVE.
11594
11595 name=`expr $TAR_ARCHIVE : '\(.*\)-.*'`
11596 case $TAR_SUBCOMMAND in
11597 -c) ;;
11598 -d|-x|-t) test -r $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME || exit 1
11599 ;;
11600 *) exit 1
11601 esac
11602
11603 echo $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME >&$TAR_FD
11604 @end group
11605 @end smallexample
11606
11607 The same script can be used while listing, comparing or extracting
11608 from the created archive. For example:
11609
11610 @smallexample
11611 @group
11612 # @r{Create a multi-volume archive:}
11613 $ @kbd{tar -c -L1024 -f archive.tar -F new-volume .}
11614 # @r{Extract from the created archive:}
11615 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar -F new-volume .}
11616 @end group
11617 @end smallexample
11618
11619 @noindent
11620 Notice, that the first command had to use @option{-L} option, since
11621 otherwise @GNUTAR{} will end up writing everything to file
11622 @file{archive.tar}.
11623
11624 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
11625 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
11626 volume, use @option{--list}, without @option{--multi-volume} specified.
11627 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
11628 that volume), use @option{--extract}, again without
11629 @option{--multi-volume}.
11630
11631 If an archive member is split across volumes (i.e., its entry begins on
11632 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
11633 @option{--multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
11634 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
11635 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
11636 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
11637 information about extracting archives.
11638
11639 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
11640 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
11641 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
11642 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
11643
11644 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using
11645 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@pxref{label}) when it was
11646 created, @command{tar} will not automatically label volumes which are
11647 added later. To label subsequent volumes, specify
11648 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} again in conjunction with the
11649 @option{--append}, @option{--update} or @option{--concatenate} operation.
11650
11651 Notice that multi-volume support is a GNU extension and the archives
11652 created in this mode should be read only using @GNUTAR{}. If you
11653 absolutely have to process such archives using a third-party @command{tar}
11654 implementation, read @ref{Split Recovery}.
11655
11656 @node Tape Files
11657 @subsection Tape Files
11658 @cindex labeling archives
11659 @opindex label
11660 @UNREVISED
11661
11662 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
11663 @option{--label=@var{volume-label}} (@option{-V @var{volume-label}})
11664 option. This will write a special block identifying
11665 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the
11666 archive which will be displayed when the archive is listed with
11667 @option{--list}. If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
11668 @option{--multi-volume} (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}), then the
11669 volume label will have @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name
11670 you give, where @var{nnn} is the number of the volume of the archive.
11671 If you use the @option{--label=@var{volume-label}} option when
11672 reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the tape
11673 matches the one you gave. @xref{label}.
11674
11675 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
11676 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
11677 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
11678 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
11679 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
11680 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
11681 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
11682
11683 People seem to often do:
11684
11685 @smallexample
11686 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
11687 @end smallexample
11688
11689 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
11690
11691 @node Tarcat
11692 @subsection Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
11693
11694 @pindex tarcat
11695 Sometimes it is necessary to convert existing @GNUTAR{} multi-volume
11696 archive to a single @command{tar} archive. Simply concatenating all
11697 volumes into one will not work, since each volume carries an additional
11698 information at the beginning. @GNUTAR{} is shipped with the shell
11699 script @command{tarcat} designed for this purpose.
11700
11701 The script takes a list of files comprising a multi-volume archive
11702 and creates the resulting archive at the standard output. For example:
11703
11704 @smallexample
11705 @kbd{tarcat vol.1 vol.2 vol.3 | tar tf -}
11706 @end smallexample
11707
11708 The script implements a simple heuristics to determine the format of
11709 the first volume file and to decide how to process the rest of the
11710 files. However, it makes no attempt to verify whether the files are
11711 given in order or even if they are valid @command{tar} archives.
11712 It uses @command{dd} and does not filter its standard error, so you
11713 will usually see lots of spurious messages.
11714
11715 @FIXME{The script is not installed. Should we install it?}
11716
11717 @node label
11718 @section Including a Label in the Archive
11719 @cindex Labeling an archive
11720 @cindex Labels on the archive media
11721 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
11722
11723 @opindex label
11724 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
11725 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry --- an archive member which
11726 contains the name of the archive --- in the archive itself. Use the
11727 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
11728 option@footnote{Until version 1.10, that option was called
11729 @option{--volume}, but is not available under that name anymore.} in
11730 conjunction with the @option{--create} operation to include a label
11731 entry in the archive as it is being created.
11732
11733 @table @option
11734 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
11735 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
11736 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
11737 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
11738 @option{--create} operation. Checks to make sure the archive label
11739 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with any other
11740 operation).
11741 @end table
11742
11743 If you create an archive using both
11744 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
11745 and @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}), each volume of the archive
11746 will have an archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label}
11747 Volume @var{n}}, where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the
11748 next, and so on. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}, for information on
11749 creating multiple volume archives.
11750
11751 @cindex Volume label, listing
11752 @cindex Listing volume label
11753 The volume label will be displayed by @option{--list} along with
11754 the file contents. If verbose display is requested, it will also be
11755 explicitly marked as in the example below:
11756
11757 @smallexample
11758 @group
11759 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
11760 V--------- 0/0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
11761 -rw-r--r-- ringo/user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
11762 @end group
11763 @end smallexample
11764
11765 @opindex test-label
11766 @anchor{--test-label option}
11767 However, @option{--list} option will cause listing entire
11768 contents of the archive, which may be undesirable (for example, if the
11769 archive is stored on a tape). You can request checking only the volume
11770 label by specifying @option{--test-label} option. This option reads only the
11771 first block of an archive, so it can be used with slow storage
11772 devices. For example:
11773
11774 @smallexample
11775 @group
11776 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive}
11777 iamalabel
11778 @end group
11779 @end smallexample
11780
11781 If @option{--test-label} is used with one or more command line
11782 arguments, @command{tar} compares the volume label with each
11783 argument. It exits with code 0 if a match is found, and with code 1
11784 otherwise@footnote{Note that @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.23 indicated
11785 mismatch with an exit code 2 and printed a spurious diagnostics on
11786 stderr.}. No output is displayed, unless you also used the
11787 @option{--verbose} option. For example:
11788
11789 @smallexample
11790 @group
11791 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalabel'}
11792 @result{} 0
11793 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'alabel'}
11794 @result{} 1
11795 @end group
11796 @end smallexample
11797
11798 When used with the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar}
11799 prints the actual volume label (if any), and a verbose diagnostics in
11800 case of a mismatch:
11801
11802 @smallexample
11803 @group
11804 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --verbose --file=iamanarchive 'iamalabel'}
11805 iamalabel
11806 @result{} 0
11807 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --verbose --file=iamanarchive 'alabel'}
11808 iamalabel
11809 tar: Archive label mismatch
11810 @result{} 1
11811 @end group
11812 @end smallexample
11813
11814 If you request any operation, other than @option{--create}, along
11815 with using @option{--label} option, @command{tar} will first check if
11816 the archive label matches the one specified and will refuse to proceed
11817 if it does not. Use this as a safety precaution to avoid accidentally
11818 overwriting existing archives. For example, if you wish to add files
11819 to @file{archive}, presumably labeled with string @samp{My volume},
11820 you will get:
11821
11822 @smallexample
11823 @group
11824 $ @kbd{tar -rf archive --label 'My volume' .}
11825 tar: Archive not labeled to match 'My volume'
11826 @end group
11827 @end smallexample
11828
11829 @noindent
11830 in case its label does not match. This will work even if
11831 @file{archive} is not labeled at all.
11832
11833 Similarly, @command{tar} will refuse to list or extract the
11834 archive if its label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
11835 specified. In those cases, @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted
11836 as a globbing-style pattern which must match the actual magnetic
11837 volume label. @xref{exclude}, for a precise description of how match
11838 is attempted@footnote{Previous versions of @command{tar} used full
11839 regular expression matching, or before that, only exact string
11840 matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the sake of
11841 simplicity to use a uniform matching device through
11842 @command{tar}.}. If the switch @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) is being used,
11843 the volume label matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by
11844 @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}} if the initial match fails, before giving
11845 up. Since the volume numbering is automatically added in labels at
11846 creation time, it sounded logical to equally help the user taking care
11847 of it when the archive is being read.
11848
11849 You can also use @option{--label} to get a common information on
11850 all tapes of a series. For having this information different in each
11851 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
11852 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
11853
11854 @smallexample
11855 @group
11856 $ @kbd{tar -cM -f /dev/tape -V "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
11857 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
11858 --label="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
11859 @end group
11860 @end smallexample
11861
11862 Some more notes about volume labels:
11863
11864 @itemize @bullet
11865 @item Each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
11866 to the time when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
11867 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
11868 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready.
11869
11870 @item Comparing date labels to get an idea of tape throughput is
11871 unreliable. It gives correct results only if the delays for rewinding
11872 tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which is
11873 usually not the case.
11874 @end itemize
11875
11876 @node verify
11877 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
11878 @cindex Verifying a write operation
11879 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
11880
11881 @table @option
11882 @item -W
11883 @itemx --verify
11884 @opindex verify, short description
11885 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
11886 @end table
11887
11888 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
11889 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
11890 are recorded on the standard error output.
11891
11892 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
11893 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
11894 cannot be verified.
11895
11896 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
11897 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
11898 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
11899 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
11900 it is up to date.
11901
11902 @xopindex{verify, using with @option{--create}}
11903 @xopindex{create, using with @option{--verify}}
11904 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
11905 written, use the @option{--verify} (@option{-W}) option in conjunction with
11906 the @option{--create} operation. When this option is
11907 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
11908 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
11909
11910 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
11911 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
11912 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
11913 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
11914
11915 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file
11916 system by using the @option{--compare} (@option{--diff}, @option{-d})
11917 option, instead of using the more automatic @option{--verify} option.
11918 @xref{compare}.
11919
11920 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
11921 @option{--compare} option checks how identical are the logical contents of some
11922 archive with what is on your disks, while the @option{--verify} option is
11923 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
11924 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @option{--verify}
11925 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
11926 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
11927 @option{--compare} option. If you nevertheless use @option{--compare} for
11928 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
11929 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
11930 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
11931 the same volume as the one just written or read.
11932
11933 The @option{--verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
11934 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
11935 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
11936 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
11937 as long as programming is concerned.
11938
11939 The @option{--verify} (@option{-W}) option will not work in
11940 conjunction with the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option or
11941 the @option{--append} (@option{-r}), @option{--update} (@option{-u})
11942 and @option{--delete} operations. @xref{Operations}, for more
11943 information on these operations.
11944
11945 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
11946 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
11947 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
11948 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
11949 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
11950
11951 @node Write Protection
11952 @section Write Protection
11953
11954 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
11955 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
11956 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
11957 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
11958 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
11959 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards.)
11960
11961 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
11962 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
11963 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
11964 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
11965 changeable feature.
11966
11967 @node Reliability and security
11968 @chapter Reliability and Security
11969
11970 The @command{tar} command reads and writes files as any other
11971 application does, and is subject to the usual caveats about
11972 reliability and security. This section contains some commonsense
11973 advice on the topic.
11974
11975 @menu
11976 * Reliability::
11977 * Security::
11978 @end menu
11979
11980 @node Reliability
11981 @section Reliability
11982
11983 Ideally, when @command{tar} is creating an archive, it reads from a
11984 file system that is not being modified, and encounters no errors or
11985 inconsistencies while reading and writing. If this is the case, the
11986 archive should faithfully reflect what was read. Similarly, when
11987 extracting from an archive, ideally @command{tar} ideally encounters
11988 no errors and the extracted files faithfully reflect what was in the
11989 archive.
11990
11991 However, when reading or writing real-world file systems, several
11992 things can go wrong; these include permissions problems, corruption of
11993 data, and race conditions.
11994
11995 @menu
11996 * Permissions problems::
11997 * Data corruption and repair::
11998 * Race conditions::
11999 @end menu
12000
12001 @node Permissions problems
12002 @subsection Permissions Problems
12003
12004 If @command{tar} encounters errors while reading or writing files, it
12005 normally reports an error and exits with nonzero status. The work it
12006 does may therefore be incomplete. For example, when creating an
12007 archive, if @command{tar} cannot read a file then it cannot copy the
12008 file into the archive.
12009
12010 @node Data corruption and repair
12011 @subsection Data Corruption and Repair
12012
12013 If an archive becomes corrupted by an I/O error, this may corrupt the
12014 data in an extracted file. Worse, it may corrupt the file's metadata,
12015 which may cause later parts of the archive to become misinterpreted.
12016 An tar-format archive contains a checksum that most likely will detect
12017 errors in the metadata, but it will not detect errors in the data.
12018
12019 If data corruption is a concern, you can compute and check your own
12020 checksums of an archive by using other programs, such as
12021 @command{cksum}.
12022
12023 When attempting to recover from a read error or data corruption in an
12024 archive, you may need to skip past the questionable data and read the
12025 rest of the archive. This requires some expertise in the archive
12026 format and in other software tools.
12027
12028 @node Race conditions
12029 @subsection Race conditions
12030
12031 If some other process is modifying the file system while @command{tar}
12032 is reading or writing files, the result may well be inconsistent due
12033 to race conditions. For example, if another process creates some
12034 files in a directory while @command{tar} is creating an archive
12035 containing the directory's files, @command{tar} may see some of the
12036 files but not others, or it may see a file that is in the process of
12037 being created. The resulting archive may not be a snapshot of the
12038 file system at any point in time. If an application such as a
12039 database system depends on an accurate snapshot, restoring from the
12040 @command{tar} archive of a live file system may therefore break that
12041 consistency and may break the application. The simplest way to avoid
12042 the consistency issues is to avoid making other changes to the file
12043 system while tar is reading it or writing it.
12044
12045 When creating an archive, several options are available to avoid race
12046 conditions. Some hosts have a way of snapshotting a file system, or
12047 of temporarily suspending all changes to a file system, by (say)
12048 suspending the only virtual machine that can modify a file system; if
12049 you use these facilities and have @command{tar -c} read from a
12050 snapshot when creating an archive, you can avoid inconsistency
12051 problems. More drastically, before starting @command{tar} you could
12052 suspend or shut down all processes other than @command{tar} that have
12053 access to the file system, or you could unmount the file system and
12054 then mount it read-only.
12055
12056 When extracting from an archive, one approach to avoid race conditions
12057 is to create a directory that no other process can write to, and
12058 extract into that.
12059
12060 @node Security
12061 @section Security
12062
12063 In some cases @command{tar} may be used in an adversarial situation,
12064 where an untrusted user is attempting to gain information about or
12065 modify otherwise-inaccessible files. Dealing with untrusted data
12066 (that is, data generated by an untrusted user) typically requires
12067 extra care, because even the smallest mistake in the use of
12068 @command{tar} is more likely to be exploited by an adversary than by a
12069 race condition.
12070
12071 @menu
12072 * Privacy::
12073 * Integrity::
12074 * Live untrusted data::
12075 * Security rules of thumb::
12076 @end menu
12077
12078 @node Privacy
12079 @subsection Privacy
12080
12081 Standard privacy concerns apply when using @command{tar}. For
12082 example, suppose you are archiving your home directory into a file
12083 @file{/archive/myhome.tar}. Any secret information in your home
12084 directory, such as your SSH secret keys, are copied faithfully into
12085 the archive. Therefore, if your home directory contains any file that
12086 should not be read by some other user, the archive itself should be
12087 not be readable by that user. And even if the archive's data are
12088 inaccessible to untrusted users, its metadata (such as size or
12089 last-modified date) may reveal some information about your home
12090 directory; if the metadata are intended to be private, the archive's
12091 parent directory should also be inaccessible to untrusted users.
12092
12093 One precaution is to create @file{/archive} so that it is not
12094 accessible to any user, unless that user also has permission to access
12095 all the files in your home directory.
12096
12097 Similarly, when extracting from an archive, take care that the
12098 permissions of the extracted files are not more generous than what you
12099 want. Even if the archive itself is readable only to you, files
12100 extracted from it have their own permissions that may differ.
12101
12102 @node Integrity
12103 @subsection Integrity
12104
12105 When creating archives, take care that they are not writable by a
12106 untrusted user; otherwise, that user could modify the archive, and
12107 when you later extract from the archive you will get incorrect data.
12108
12109 When @command{tar} extracts from an archive, by default it writes into
12110 files relative to the working directory. If the archive was generated
12111 by an untrusted user, that user therefore can write into any file
12112 under the working directory. If the working directory contains a
12113 symbolic link to another directory, the untrusted user can also write
12114 into any file under the referenced directory. When extracting from an
12115 untrusted archive, it is therefore good practice to create an empty
12116 directory and run @command{tar} in that directory.
12117
12118 When extracting from two or more untrusted archives, each one should
12119 be extracted independently, into different empty directories.
12120 Otherwise, the first archive could create a symbolic link into an area
12121 outside the working directory, and the second one could follow the
12122 link and overwrite data that is not under the working directory. For
12123 example, when restoring from a series of incremental dumps, the
12124 archives should have been created by a trusted process, as otherwise
12125 the incremental restores might alter data outside the working
12126 directory.
12127
12128 If you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option when
12129 extracting, @command{tar} respects any file names in the archive, even
12130 file names that begin with @file{/} or contain @file{..}. As this
12131 lets the archive overwrite any file in your system that you can write,
12132 the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option should be used only
12133 for trusted archives.
12134
12135 Conversely, with the @option{--keep-old-files} (@option{-k}) and
12136 @option{--skip-old-files} options, @command{tar} refuses to replace
12137 existing files when extracting. The difference between the two
12138 options is that the former treats existing files as errors whereas the
12139 latter just silently ignores them.
12140
12141 Finally, with the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option, @command{tar}
12142 refuses to replace the permissions or ownership of already-existing
12143 directories. These options may help when extracting from untrusted
12144 archives.
12145
12146 @node Live untrusted data
12147 @subsection Dealing with Live Untrusted Data
12148
12149 Extra care is required when creating from or extracting into a file
12150 system that is accessible to untrusted users. For example, superusers
12151 who invoke @command{tar} must be wary about its actions being hijacked
12152 by an adversary who is reading or writing the file system at the same
12153 time that @command{tar} is operating.
12154
12155 When creating an archive from a live file system, @command{tar} is
12156 vulnerable to denial-of-service attacks. For example, an adversarial
12157 user could create the illusion of an indefinitely-deep directory
12158 hierarchy @file{d/e/f/g/...} by creating directories one step ahead of
12159 @command{tar}, or the illusion of an indefinitely-long file by
12160 creating a sparse file but arranging for blocks to be allocated just
12161 before @command{tar} reads them. There is no easy way for
12162 @command{tar} to distinguish these scenarios from legitimate uses, so
12163 you may need to monitor @command{tar}, just as you'd need to monitor
12164 any other system service, to detect such attacks.
12165
12166 While a superuser is extracting from an archive into a live file
12167 system, an untrusted user might replace a directory with a symbolic
12168 link, in hopes that @command{tar} will follow the symbolic link and
12169 extract data into files that the untrusted user does not have access
12170 to. Even if the archive was generated by the superuser, it may
12171 contain a file such as @file{d/etc/passwd} that the untrusted user
12172 earlier created in order to break in; if the untrusted user replaces
12173 the directory @file{d/etc} with a symbolic link to @file{/etc} while
12174 @command{tar} is running, @command{tar} will overwrite
12175 @file{/etc/passwd}. This attack can be prevented by extracting into a
12176 directory that is inaccessible to untrusted users.
12177
12178 Similar attacks via symbolic links are also possible when creating an
12179 archive, if the untrusted user can modify an ancestor of a top-level
12180 argument of @command{tar}. For example, an untrusted user that can
12181 modify @file{/home/eve} can hijack a running instance of @samp{tar -cf
12182 - /home/eve/Documents/yesterday} by replacing
12183 @file{/home/eve/Documents} with a symbolic link to some other
12184 location. Attacks like these can be prevented by making sure that
12185 untrusted users cannot modify any files that are top-level arguments
12186 to @command{tar}, or any ancestor directories of these files.
12187
12188 @node Security rules of thumb
12189 @subsection Security Rules of Thumb
12190
12191 This section briefly summarizes rules of thumb for avoiding security
12192 pitfalls.
12193
12194 @itemize @bullet
12195
12196 @item
12197 Protect archives at least as much as you protect any of the files
12198 being archived.
12199
12200 @item
12201 Extract from an untrusted archive only into an otherwise-empty
12202 directory. This directory and its parent should be accessible only to
12203 trusted users. For example:
12204
12205 @example
12206 @group
12207 $ @kbd{chmod go-rwx .}
12208 $ @kbd{mkdir -m go-rwx dir}
12209 $ @kbd{cd dir}
12210 $ @kbd{tar -xvf /archives/got-it-off-the-net.tar.gz}
12211 @end group
12212 @end example
12213
12214 As a corollary, do not do an incremental restore from an untrusted archive.
12215
12216 @item
12217 Do not let untrusted users access files extracted from untrusted
12218 archives without checking first for problems such as setuid programs.
12219
12220 @item
12221 Do not let untrusted users modify directories that are ancestors of
12222 top-level arguments of @command{tar}. For example, while you are
12223 executing @samp{tar -cf /archive/u-home.tar /u/home}, do not let an
12224 untrusted user modify @file{/}, @file{/archive}, or @file{/u}.
12225
12226 @item
12227 Pay attention to the diagnostics and exit status of @command{tar}.
12228
12229 @item
12230 When archiving live file systems, monitor running instances of
12231 @command{tar} to detect denial-of-service attacks.
12232
12233 @item
12234 Avoid unusual options such as @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}),
12235 @option{--dereference} (@option{-h}), @option{--overwrite},
12236 @option{--recursive-unlink}, and @option{--remove-files} unless you
12237 understand their security implications.
12238
12239 @end itemize
12240
12241 @node Changes
12242 @appendix Changes
12243
12244 This appendix lists some important user-visible changes between
12245 version @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and previous versions. An up-to-date
12246 version of this document is available at
12247 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/manual/changes.html,the
12248 @GNUTAR{} documentation page}.
12249
12250 @table @asis
12251 @item Use of globbing patterns when listing and extracting.
12252
12253 Previous versions of GNU tar assumed shell-style globbing when
12254 extracting from or listing an archive. For example:
12255
12256 @smallexample
12257 $ @kbd{tar xf foo.tar '*.c'}
12258 @end smallexample
12259
12260 would extract all files whose names end in @samp{.c}. This behavior
12261 was not documented and was incompatible with traditional tar
12262 implementations. Therefore, starting from version 1.15.91, GNU tar
12263 no longer uses globbing by default. For example, the above invocation
12264 is now interpreted as a request to extract from the archive the file
12265 named @file{*.c}.
12266
12267 To facilitate transition to the new behavior for those users who got
12268 used to the previous incorrect one, @command{tar} will print a warning
12269 if it finds out that a requested member was not found in the archive
12270 and its name looks like a globbing pattern. For example:
12271
12272 @smallexample
12273 $ @kbd{tar xf foo.tar '*.c'}
12274 tar: Pattern matching characters used in file names. Please,
12275 tar: use --wildcards to enable pattern matching, or --no-wildcards to
12276 tar: suppress this warning.
12277 tar: *.c: Not found in archive
12278 tar: Error exit delayed from previous errors
12279 @end smallexample
12280
12281 To treat member names as globbing patterns, use the @option{--wildcards} option.
12282 If you want to tar to mimic the behavior of versions prior to 1.15.91,
12283 add this option to your @env{TAR_OPTIONS} variable.
12284
12285 @xref{wildcards}, for the detailed discussion of the use of globbing
12286 patterns by @GNUTAR{}.
12287
12288 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
12289
12290 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
12291 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
12292
12293 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
12294 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
12295 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
12296
12297 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
12298 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
12299 Users are encouraged to use @option{--format=oldgnu} instead.
12300
12301 It is especially important, since versions of @acronym{GNU} Automake
12302 up to and including 1.8.4 invoke tar with this option to produce
12303 distribution tarballs. @xref{Formats,v7}, for the detailed discussion
12304 of this issue and its implications.
12305
12306 @xref{Options, tar-formats, Changing Automake's Behavior,
12307 automake, GNU Automake}, for a description on how to use various
12308 archive formats with @command{automake}.
12309
12310 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
12311 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
12312
12313 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
12314
12315 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
12316 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Since such usage contradicted
12317 to UNIX98 specification and harmed compatibility with other
12318 implementations, it was declared deprecated in version 1.14. However,
12319 to facilitate transition to its new semantics, it was supported by
12320 versions 1.15 and 1.15.90. The present use of @option{-l} as a short
12321 variant of @option{--check-links} was introduced in version 1.15.91.
12322
12323 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
12324
12325 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
12326
12327 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
12328
12329 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
12330 @end table
12331
12332 @node Configuring Help Summary
12333 @appendix Configuring Help Summary
12334
12335 Running @kbd{tar --help} displays the short @command{tar} option
12336 summary (@pxref{help}). This summary is organized by @dfn{groups} of
12337 semantically close options. The options within each group are printed
12338 in the following order: a short option, eventually followed by a list
12339 of corresponding long option names, followed by a short description of
12340 the option. For example, here is an excerpt from the actual @kbd{tar
12341 --help} output:
12342
12343 @verbatim
12344 Main operation mode:
12345
12346 -A, --catenate, --concatenate append tar files to an archive
12347 -c, --create create a new archive
12348 -d, --diff, --compare find differences between archive and
12349 file system
12350 --delete delete from the archive
12351 @end verbatim
12352
12353 @vrindex ARGP_HELP_FMT, environment variable
12354 The exact visual representation of the help output is configurable via
12355 @env{ARGP_HELP_FMT} environment variable. The value of this variable
12356 is a comma-separated list of @dfn{format variable} assignments. There
12357 are two kinds of format variables. An @dfn{offset variable} keeps the
12358 offset of some part of help output text from the leftmost column on
12359 the screen. A @dfn{boolean} variable is a flag that toggles some
12360 output feature on or off. Depending on the type of the corresponding
12361 variable, there are two kinds of assignments:
12362
12363 @table @asis
12364 @item Offset assignment
12365
12366 The assignment to an offset variable has the following syntax:
12367
12368 @smallexample
12369 @var{variable}=@var{value}
12370 @end smallexample
12371
12372 @noindent
12373 where @var{variable} is the variable name, and @var{value} is a
12374 numeric value to be assigned to the variable.
12375
12376 @item Boolean assignment
12377
12378 To assign @code{true} value to a variable, simply put this variable name. To
12379 assign @code{false} value, prefix the variable name with @samp{no-}. For
12380 example:
12381
12382 @smallexample
12383 @group
12384 # Assign @code{true} value:
12385 dup-args
12386 # Assign @code{false} value:
12387 no-dup-args
12388 @end group
12389 @end smallexample
12390 @end table
12391
12392 Following variables are declared:
12393
12394 @deftypevr {Help Output} boolean dup-args
12395 If true, arguments for an option are shown with both short and long
12396 options, even when a given option has both forms, for example:
12397
12398 @smallexample
12399 -f ARCHIVE, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12400 @end smallexample
12401
12402 If false, then if an option has both short and long forms, the
12403 argument is only shown with the long one, for example:
12404
12405 @smallexample
12406 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12407 @end smallexample
12408
12409 @noindent
12410 and a message indicating that the argument is applicable to both
12411 forms is printed below the options. This message can be disabled
12412 using @code{dup-args-note} (see below).
12413
12414 The default is false.
12415 @end deftypevr
12416
12417 @deftypevr {Help Output} boolean dup-args-note
12418 If this variable is true, which is the default, the following notice
12419 is displayed at the end of the help output:
12420
12421 @quotation
12422 Mandatory or optional arguments to long options are also mandatory or
12423 optional for any corresponding short options.
12424 @end quotation
12425
12426 Setting @code{no-dup-args-note} inhibits this message. Normally, only one of
12427 variables @code{dup-args} or @code{dup-args-note} should be set.
12428 @end deftypevr
12429
12430 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset short-opt-col
12431 Column in which short options start. Default is 2.
12432
12433 @smallexample
12434 @group
12435 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12436 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12437 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=short-opt-col=6 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12438 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12439 @end group
12440 @end smallexample
12441 @end deftypevr
12442
12443 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset long-opt-col
12444 Column in which long options start. Default is 6. For example:
12445
12446 @smallexample
12447 @group
12448 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12449 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12450 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=long-opt-col=16 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12451 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12452 @end group
12453 @end smallexample
12454 @end deftypevr
12455
12456 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset doc-opt-col
12457 Column in which @dfn{doc options} start. A doc option isn't actually
12458 an option, but rather an arbitrary piece of documentation that is
12459 displayed in much the same manner as the options. For example, in
12460 the description of @option{--format} option:
12461
12462 @smallexample
12463 @group
12464 -H, --format=FORMAT create archive of the given format.
12465
12466 FORMAT is one of the following:
12467
12468 gnu GNU tar 1.13.x format
12469 oldgnu GNU format as per tar <= 1.12
12470 pax POSIX 1003.1-2001 (pax) format
12471 posix same as pax
12472 ustar POSIX 1003.1-1988 (ustar) format
12473 v7 old V7 tar format
12474 @end group
12475 @end smallexample
12476
12477 @noindent
12478 the format names are doc options. Thus, if you set
12479 @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=doc-opt-col=6} the above part of the help output
12480 will look as follows:
12481
12482 @smallexample
12483 @group
12484 -H, --format=FORMAT create archive of the given format.
12485
12486 FORMAT is one of the following:
12487
12488 gnu GNU tar 1.13.x format
12489 oldgnu GNU format as per tar <= 1.12
12490 pax POSIX 1003.1-2001 (pax) format
12491 posix same as pax
12492 ustar POSIX 1003.1-1988 (ustar) format
12493 v7 old V7 tar format
12494 @end group
12495 @end smallexample
12496 @end deftypevr
12497
12498 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset opt-doc-col
12499 Column in which option description starts. Default is 29.
12500
12501 @smallexample
12502 @group
12503 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12504 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12505 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=opt-doc-col=19 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12506 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12507 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=opt-doc-col=9 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
12508 -f, --file=ARCHIVE
12509 use archive file or device ARCHIVE
12510 @end group
12511 @end smallexample
12512
12513 @noindent
12514 Notice, that the description starts on a separate line if
12515 @code{opt-doc-col} value is too small.
12516 @end deftypevr
12517
12518 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset header-col
12519 Column in which @dfn{group headers} are printed. A group header is a
12520 descriptive text preceding an option group. For example, in the
12521 following text:
12522
12523 @verbatim
12524 Main operation mode:
12525
12526 -A, --catenate, --concatenate append tar files to
12527 an archive
12528 -c, --create create a new archive
12529 @end verbatim
12530 @noindent
12531 @samp{Main operation mode:} is the group header.
12532
12533 The default value is 1.
12534 @end deftypevr
12535
12536 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset usage-indent
12537 Indentation of wrapped usage lines. Affects @option{--usage}
12538 output. Default is 12.
12539 @end deftypevr
12540
12541 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset rmargin
12542 Right margin of the text output. Used for wrapping.
12543 @end deftypevr
12544
12545 @node Fixing Snapshot Files
12546 @appendix Fixing Snapshot Files
12547 @include tar-snapshot-edit.texi
12548
12549 @node Tar Internals
12550 @appendix Tar Internals
12551 @include intern.texi
12552
12553 @node Genfile
12554 @appendix Genfile
12555 @include genfile.texi
12556
12557 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
12558 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
12559 @include freemanuals.texi
12560
12561 @node GNU Free Documentation License
12562 @appendix GNU Free Documentation License
12563
12564 @include fdl.texi
12565
12566 @node Index of Command Line Options
12567 @appendix Index of Command Line Options
12568
12569 This appendix contains an index of all @GNUTAR{} long command line
12570 options. The options are listed without the preceding double-dash.
12571 For a cross-reference of short command line options, see
12572 @ref{Short Option Summary}.
12573
12574 @printindex op
12575
12576 @node Index
12577 @appendix Index
12578
12579 @printindex cp
12580
12581 @summarycontents
12582 @contents
12583 @bye
12584
12585 @c Local variables:
12586 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
12587 @c End:
This page took 0.659613 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.